Vol 8 T - D Final-01-12-13

RenewableEnergyGuidelines
Volume8
Transmission&DistributioninRuralPowerSupplySystems
DesignSpecificationInstallation
PakistanPovertyAlleviationFund,Islamabad
TheRenewableEnergyGuidelineSerieshasbeendevelopedbytheGermanPakistanprojectDevelopmentof
Hydropower and Renewable Energy (HRE) in KhyberPakhtunkhwa, funded by German Development Bank
(KfW)onbehalfofMinistryforEconomicCooperationandDevelopment(BMZ).
PakistanPovertyAlleviationFund(PPAF)
Projectteam:
Mr.ZaarPervezSabri
SeniorGroupHead,PublicGoodsandServices
Mr.KamalAfridi
GeneralManager,Water,Energy&ClimateChange
Mr.ShaukatAli
RenewableEnergySpecialist
Contactaddress:
1HillViewRoad,Banigalla,Islamabad
PAKISTAN
Email:zaar@ppaf.org.pk
Phone:(+9251)261393550
NameofConsultants:
INTEGRATION
Team:
Dr.UlrichFringsTeamLeader
Mr.SherKhanDeputyTeamLeader
www.integration.org
Author:
UlrichFrings
Date:September,2013
CopyrightPakistanPovertyAlleviationFund2013
Reproductionisauthorizedprovidedthesourceisacknowledgedandprovidedareferencecopyisbeingsentto
PPAFandthereproductionisnotsold.
Forfurtherinformation:PakistanPovertyAlleviationFund,www.ppaf.org.pk
Note:Theinformationcontainedwithinthisdocumenthasbeendevelopedwithinaspecificscopeandmightbe
updatedinthefuture.
Volume8
Transmission&Distribution
Guidelines&Manuals
Volume1:LifeCycleCostAnalysisinMHPPlanning
Volume2:CommunityContributionAspectsinRuralPowerSupplySystems
Volume3:GeneralDesignCriteriaonMHPs
Volume4:DesignAspectsofCommunityPVSystems
Volume5:Operation&MaintenanceAspectsofMHPs
Volume6:QualityAssurance&ControlofCivilWorks
Volume7:Health,Safety&EnvironmentalAspectsinCivilWorks
Volume8:Transmission&DistributioninRuralPowerSupplySystems
Volume9:ElectroMechanicalEquipmentforMHPs
Volume10:CommissioningGuidelinesPVMHP
Volume11:Micro/MiniHydropowerDesignAspects
Volume12:CivilWorksinRuralPowerSupplySystems
Nov.2013
Volume8
TableofContents
1
2
Background.................................................................................................................................1
Generalinformation...................................................................................................................1
2.1 Specificationstandardsandregulations.............................................................................1
3 Guidelines...................................................................................................................................2
3.1 Demandaspects..................................................................................................................2
3.2 Transmission&distribution................................................................................................4
4 Documentation.........................................................................................................................13
4.1 Operationandmaintenancemanuals..............................................................................13
4.2 Installationandcommissioningprocedures.....................................................................14
4.3 Operation..........................................................................................................................14
5 Generalrequirementsandworks.............................................................................................15
5.1 Electricalequipment/materials........................................................................................15
5.2 Weldingandheattreatment............................................................................................17
5.3 Protectionofmachinedsurfaces......................................................................................18
6 Erectionandinstallation...........................................................................................................21
6.1 General..............................................................................................................................21
6.2 Safetypractices.................................................................................................................21
6.3 Detailsofinstallation........................................................................................................21
7 Testingandcommissioning......................................................................................................27
7.1 MVlines............................................................................................................................27
7.2 LVlines..............................................................................................................................27
7.3 Acceptance........................................................................................................................27
8 Technicalspecifications............................................................................................................29
8.1 Overheadconductors.......................................................................................................29
8.2 Powercables.....................................................................................................................32
8.3 Staywire............................................................................................................................35
8.4 Overheadconductorfittings.............................................................................................36
8.5 Insulators..........................................................................................................................38
8.6 LVoutdoordistributionpanelsforstepdowntransformers...........................................42
8.7 Distributionsubstations....................................................................................................45
8.8 Concretepoles..................................................................................................................49
8.9 Woodenpoles...................................................................................................................53
8.10 Latticesteelpoles.............................................................................................................57
8.11 Distributiontransformers.................................................................................................60
8.12 Customercurrentmeterboxes.........................................................................................66
8.13 Minicircuitbreaker...........................................................................................................70
8.14 LVaerialbundledconductors(ABC).................................................................................72
8.15 AccessoriesforLVaerialbundledconductor....................................................................75
8.16 SinglephaseandthreephaseelectronickWhmeters.....................................................80
8.17 MVcombineddisconnectorandfusecutouts.................................................................83
8.18 Surgearresters..................................................................................................................92
8.19 11kVcable........................................................................................................................94
9 Spareparts,toolsandsiteconsumables..................................................................................97
9.1 Spareparts........................................................................................................................97
9.2 Toolsandappliances.........................................................................................................97
9.3 SiteConsumables,lubricatingoilandgreaseforfirstfilling.............................................97
9.4 Specifiedsparepartsandtools.........................................................................................97
10 Annexes..................................................................................................................................108
ii RenewableEnergyGuidelines
Nov.2013
Volume8
Listoftables
Table31:Demandfigures....................................................................................................................3
Table32:Transmissionlinemainfeatures.......................................................................................5
Table33:Summaryofloadflowanalysis...........................................................................................11
Table81:Conductors:nominalareaandoveralldiameter...............................................................29
Table82:CharacteristicsofACSRconductors...................................................................................30
Table83:Measurementsandtestsforstaywire..............................................................................36
Table84:PerformancecharacteristicsPINinsulator......................................................................38
Table86:Performancecharacteristicssuspensioninsulator.........................................................40
Table88:Correlationofmax.currentandsizeofbusbar.................................................................43
Table89:Cablesizing.........................................................................................................................46
Table810:Concretepoles.................................................................................................................51
Table811:Poledimensions................................................................................................................55
Table812:Systemrequirements.......................................................................................................57
Table813:Systemrequirements.......................................................................................................58
Table814:Loadingtest......................................................................................................................59
Table815:MCBCharacteristics.........................................................................................................71
Table816:Combineddisconnector/fusecutout..............................................................................84
Table817Surgearresterperformancecharacteristics......................................................................92
Acronymsandabbreviations
A
AC
AKRSP
ACSR
CDM
CO
DC
EC
ELC
E&M
FDC
GI
GIS
GIZ
GOs
GPS
HDPE
H&S
hrs
HV
Hz
INGOs
KfW
kW
kWh
Ampere
AlternatingCurrent
AgaKhanRuralSupportprogram
AluminiumConductorSteelreinforced
CleanDevelopmentMechanism
CommunityOrganizations
DirectCurrent
EuropeanCommission
ElectronicLoadController
Electromechanic
FlowDurationCurve
GalvanizedIron
GeographicInformationSystem
GermanTechnicalCooperation
GovernmentOrganization
GlobalPositioningSystem
HighDensityPolyethylene
Health&Safety
hours
HighVoltage
Hertz(frequencyunit)
InternationalNonGovernmentalOrganization
GermanDevelopmentBank
KiloWatt
KiloWattHour
Nov.2013
iii
Volume8
kV
LED
Lit
LSOs
LT
LV
MCB
MCCB
MDPE
MHP
MSDS
NGOs
O&M
PF
PCD
PPAF
POs
PPIB
PURE
PPE
PV
PVC
SM
SRSP
RCBO
SSLS
Rs.
T&D
TOP
V
WOs
KiloVolt
LightEmittingDiode
Liter
LocalSupportOrganizations
LowTension
LowVoltage
MouldedCircuitBreaker
MouldedCaseCircuitBreaker
MediumDensityPolyethylene
Mini/microHydropowerPlant
MaterialSafetyDataSheets
NonGovernmentalOrganizations
OperationandMaintenance
PowerFactor
PitchCircleDiameter
PakistanPovertyAlleviationFund
PartnerOrganizations(COs)
PrivatePowerInfrastructureBoard
ProductiveUseofRenewableEnergy
PersonalProtectiveEquipment
Photovoltaics
Polyvenylchloride
SocialMobilizer
SarhadRuralSupportProgram
ResidualCurrentBreakerwithOverloadProtection
SolarStreet/homeLightingSystem
PakistaniRupees
TransmissionandDistribution
TermsofPartnership
Volt
WomenOrganizations
XLPE
Crosslinkedpolyethylene
iv RenewableEnergyGuidelines
Nov.2013
Volume8
1 Background
The series on technical guidelines and manuals aims to support the POs and COs in the design,
procurement of material and equipment, the supervision of construction, and the later sustainable
operationoftherespectivepowersupplysystem.ThemanualonTransmissionandDistribution(T&D)
provides basic design criteria, necessary field data to be collected and the technical specifications as
basisforprocurement.
ThetransmissionandDistributionsystemisbasedonthePakistanistandardvoltagewhichis11kVfor
thetransmission,0.4kVforthe3phaseand230Vforthe1phasedistributionsystem.Powerfrequency
is50Hz.
Recommendations towards specific design criteria, material and equipment consider the envisaged
construction methodology and operation approach (both are community based) and the remoteness
andaccessibilityofconstructionsites.
2 Generalinformation
Within the project Development of hydropower and renewable Energy in KPK the construction of a
numberofhydropowerstationsofcapacitiesrangingfrombetween50kWto500kWisplanned.
The following guidelines and technical specifications are dealing with transmission and distribution
systemsforruralelectrification.TheyarevalidforbothhydropowerandPVsystems.
The POs shall design the respective systems according to the guidelines and shall ensure that the
equipmentandmaterialsuppliedandinstalledfulfillthebelowstandards.
The compliance of design, material, and equipment with this technical guidelines & standards will be
checkedduringcommissioningandfinalinspectionoftherespectivesubproject.Issuingofcompletion
and final acceptance certificates and the related final payment is strictly reliant on the complete
applicationofthesetechnicalguidelines&standards.
2.1 Specificationstandardsandregulations
Unlessotherwisespecified,theWorksshallbecarriedoutinaccordancewiththecurrentrequirements
of:
NationalPakistanStandards
TherelevantInternationalElectrotechnicalCommissionStandards(IEC)
TherelevantstandardsfromtheAmericanSocietyofMechanicalEngineers(ASME)
TherelevantstandardsfromtheInternationalStandardsOrganisation(ISO).
Nov.2013
Volume8
3 Guidelines
Inthefollowing,theprinciplestepsandbasicconsiderationsandassumptionstodesignatransmission
anddistributionnetworkinruralpowersupplysystemsarepresented.
It starts with the assessment of demand and demand growth as basic data for system sizing. It is
followedbydetaileddiscussionsoftechnicalparameterofthetransmissionanddistributionsystemand
therespectivecalculationstobeundertaken.
StandardequipmentandconfigurationsarecompiledinAnnex2,designexamplesinAnnex3;.
3.1 Demandaspects
3.1.1
Households
Electricitydemandusuallyvariesaccordingtothe
Settlement(urban/rural),
Householdsizeandhouseholdspercompound,
Wealthlevel,
Potentialsforproductiveuse,
Workandconsumptionpattern.
In principle electricity demand shall be calculated based on baseline surveys. If such surveys are not
availablethefollowingdefinitionsmaybeapplied:
householdsize:9persons,
No.ofHHpercompound:1.0.
Withrespecttothedesignload,householdsaredividedinto2groups:
Normal household: Basic power demand for lighting, communication, kitchen appliances, etc.: Peak
load1kW.
Betteroffhousehold:Useelectricpowerforcookingandheating:Peakload3kW.Thesehouseholdswill
have to pay a additional connection charge due to higher connection costs (cables, etc.( and they are
obligedtopayanupfrontdeposittojustifytheircapabilitytopaythehigherbill.
In principle, people should be supported in using electric power for heating and cooking due to the
considerable higher impacts on environmental protection (forest conservation, greenhouse gas
mitigation,etc.).However,consumersshouldbeabletopayforthehigherelectricitybill,thegeneration
capacityissufficient,andtheconsumersarereadytoimplementloadshiftingmeasuresasadvisedby
thepowerstation1thepeopleshouldinvestmentsforcables,etc.tothosewhowant(andcanafford)
heatingandcookingbyusingelectricpower
Thiscouldbelimitationtoeithercookingorheatingatthesametime,shiftingofheatingtolowloadtimesandstorageofheatinnightstorage
ovens
Nov.2013
Volume8
3.1.2
Otherconsumergroups
Otherconsumersaredividedintothefollowinggroups:
Public
Mosques
Shops(normaldailyarticleshopswith230VAC,1phaseelectricitysupply)
Workshops(with400V,AC,3phaseelectricitysupply).
Public,mosques
To determine the demand, public buildings such as administration, schools and mosques are treated
similarly to households. Load is calculated at 1kW with a coincidence factor of 0.5 per connection.
SpecialloadshavebeencalculatedforBasicHealthUnits(BHU;3kW).
Shopssinglephaseservices
Shopsconnectedbyasinglephaseserviceincluderetailshops,smallrestaurants,andsmallworkshops
(e.g. electronic repair, photocopying shops). They usually have a single light bulb and some minor
electricappliances(e.g.TV,radio,tape,solderingstation,smallelectrictools).Theirloadwasestimated
atbeing500Wwithaunitycoincidencefactor(c.f.).
Workshopsthreephaseservices
Workshopsreceivingathreephasesupplycompriseheaviermachineryandequipment.(e.g.car,metal
workshopsandcarpenters).Themaximumloadisestimatedat3kWwithac.f.of0.5.
Table31:Demandfigures
Item
Load(kW)
c.f.*
Designloadper
connection
Householdrural1:basic
1.0
0.5
0.5
Householdrural2:betteroff
3.0
0.5
1.5
PublicserviceInstitutions
1.0
1.0
1.0
Shops
0.5
0.5
0.25
Mosque
1.0
0.5
0.5
Workshop(3phaseconnection)
3.0
0.5
1.5
Note:c.f.Coincidencefactor
Source:Owncompilation
3.1.2.1
Estimatedgrowthratesofelectricitydemand
Annualgrowthrateofelectricitydemandforconsumptivepurposes
Since there is an immediate and positive correlation between population growth, numbers of
households or families, numbers of electricity connections, it was decided to maintain an average 3%
p.a.growthratefortheelectricitydemand.However,migrationishighintheprojectareas.Itamountto
about2%.Theresultinggrowthrateis1%perannum.
Annualgrowthrateofelectricitydemandforpublicandsocialservices
Thejustificationfora1%p.a.growthrateofpublicelectricitydemandislessevidentandneedsfurther
investigation. Service growth rate in hospitals or schools are correlated with population growth, but
most of these services dont use electricity yet or only marginal. In other cases it depends on
Nov.2013
Volume8
governmentbudgetallocationsorcontributionsoftheMuslimcommunity(mosques),etc.Nevertheless
it was decided to maintain this populationrelated growth figure as well for the growth pattern of
electricity demand in public or social services, will be maintained for the time being at best
approximation,butthetrendmightbemoreiterative.
Annualgrowthrateofelectricitydemandinbusinessdevelopment
Thefigureof10%p.a.growthrateintheinitialthreetofiveyearsisbasedon(1)arapidsubstitution
process to replace Diesel or Kerosene generators by electric motors for productive use; (2) the large
replacement of water mill flour grinders by more convenient electric flour mills; (3) the improving
general economic environment for business opportunities using electricity productively as soon as
electricityqualityisassured;(4)observationsofthegeneraltrendsinothercountrieswhereelectricity
has been newly installed. The figure 10% growth p.a. nevertheless is a first estimation which needs
further justifications and observations from practical cases. Also in this case the growth rate of
electricity demand for PURE might after the first three to five years settle on a lower rate in the
followingyears.
Otherelectricityunitstandardstoestimatedemand
Thestandardsappliedarebasedonlocalconditionsandobservations,butshouldbeverifiedbypractical
experiences (e.g. kW connection capacity / school; kW connection capacity per BHU, etc.) and likely
growth potential. Presently, hardly any school is connected to an electricity grid or has its own
generator.But,ashasbeenobservedinotherregions,therewillbeatrendforelectricitydemandfor
lighting(eveningliteracyclasses,installationofPCtrainingcentresinschools,oreventeachingmaterial
usingelectricity)assoonasbudgetsareallocatedbygovernment.
3.2 Transmission&distribution
Transmission and distribution systems networks convey the electric power from the power station to
theconsumers.Transmissionlinesdealswithmediumorhighvoltagewhiledistributionisbasedonlow
voltagelevel,usually0.4and0.23kV.
3.2.1
Transmissionline
Transmissionlinesarebasedon11kVvoltageandcompriseofoverheadconductor(ACSR)mountedon
9mor12mconcreteorsteelpoles.Polespacingandselectionofrequiredstrengthshallbebasedon
thesiteconditionsincludingtheneedtolocatepoles:
Toadequatelyservicetheelectricalloadintheimmediatearea
Clearofroadsandvehicleandpedestrianaccessways
Toensureallsafetyandlegalclearancesabovegroundandseparationfrombuildingsandstructures
areobtainedalltimes
Forsatisfactoryaccessforconstruction,futuremaintenanceandoperationalpurposes
Toconvenientlyserviceconsumerpremises.
TheaveragespanforMVisanticipatedtobeapproximately80m.Forlongerspansthedesignadopted
shallprovidesatisfactorymidspanseparationbetweenconductorsandsufficientfreeboard.
TheaveragespanforjointMV/LVconstructionisanticipatedtobeapproximately50m
The detailed design of the overhead line routes shall be based on existing routes. Routes shall be
surveyedandpeggedpriortothepreparationofthedrawings.Constructionshallfollowtheapproved
drawings.
4
Nov.2013
Volume8
ThedesignmaybebasedonstandarddesignsgiveninTable32.Otherwise,thefollowingcalculations
andverificationsneedtobeconducted:
Mechanicalstrengthcalculationsforallpolepositions
Sagandtensioncalculationsfortheproposedconductors
Verificationofsafetyclearances
Electricaldesignofroute,lengthandratingofeachLVcircuit
DeterminationofLVneutralearthingpoints
Verificationofrequiredtransformercapacity.
Allconductorsaggingshallbeinaccordancewiththeprevailingambienttemperature.
Table32:Transmissionlinemainfeatures
Poleconfiguration
Horizontaltype3
phaseconductor
Minimumverticalclearance
groundaccessibletopedestriansonly
6.5m
opencountry
6.0m
roads,streets
7.0m
buildings,accessiblepoints,flatroofsupon
5.0m
whichmanmaystand
powerlineabovetrees
2.5m
powerlinesabovesteelstructures
3.0m
powerlineabovetelecommunicationlines
2.5m
Normalspan
80m
Maximumspan
110m
Minimumdepthofembedmentofpoles
1.5m
Minimumhorizontalphasetophaseseparation
1.8m
Sagtension
<22kN
Windpressure
380N/m
Icethickness
<9.5mm
Source:Owncompilations;theselectedparameterfollowDinVDE101and
Pakistanipractice
ACSRconductorswillbeused,becausetheycomplywiththePakistanistandards.Inaddition,theydo
havecostadvantagesoverotherconductormaterialandcanatbestwithstandtheclimaticconditionsin
theprojectarea.Supportingpolesaremadeofconcreteof912mheight.Specialarrangementsare
foreseen for road crossings in order to achieve sufficient ground clearance. The overhead line span
lengthsvarywithalignmentconditionsfrombetween50to110m.
Suspension poles are planned at every 10th pole or in case of larger line angles (<30). For lower line
angles,doublesupportswithtwinsetsofpininsulatorswillbeused.
Sectionalizersand/orreclosersshouldbeprovidedinextendedandlargenetworkstoeasestartingof
thepowerstationandtoisolatedfaultsectionwithoutshuttingdowntheentiresystem.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Figure31:TransmissionlinedesignExample
Source:Owncompilations
Nov.2013
Volume8
ThefinaldesignoftheMVnetworkshallincludebutisnotlimitedto:
ThenumberandrouteofMVlines
Thedistancesbetweenpoles
AGISlocationofallMVpolesatthedesignstage
AGISbasedsinglelineasbuiltdrawingofallMVlinesincludingaGPSlocationofallpoles,kindof
poleandkindofassembly.
Thetechnicaldataofthe11kVtransmissionsystemareasfollows:
Transmission:
o Voltage:11kV
o Conductor:ACSR;120mm
o Poles:Concrete912m
o 3sectionalizerswith1autorecloserifrequired
SubStations:
o 2poleopenairtype
o Surgearrester/lightningprotection
o Manualbreaker(MCB)foreachfeederline
o 1mainMCBformainlinefromtransformer
o Electriccontrolboxwithconsumptionmeters,remotesensingdevices,etc.
o Shortcircuitfuses
Transformer:
o 11kV/0.4kV;ONAN;DNy5;uk=4.5%;polemounted
3.2.2
Distributionnetwork
The distribution network starts from the transformer substation and comprises of the 0.4kV feeder
network, meter boxes, the customer service lines and the handing over station at the customers
premises. The 0.4kV feeders comprise of ABC cables fixed on 7m steel tubes or house walls. Meter
boxes are installed at public places are feeder poles. From here double core service lines lead to the
customerspremises.DesignexamplesareshowninAnnex3.
ThefinaldesignoftheLVnetworkfromeachdistributionsubstationshallincludebutisnotlimitedto:
ThenumberandrouteofLVdistributors
ThecrosssectionofLVwiretobeused,basedona8%maximumallowablevoltagedropfromthe
transformertotheendofeachLVdistributor
AlocationofallMVandLVpolesandtheirdistancesinbetweenatthedesignstage
AGISbasedsinglelineasbuiltdrawingofallLVlinesincludingaGPSlocationofallpoles,kindof
poleandkindofassembly.
AdditionalsubdistributionpanelsmaybeinstalledatpointswherediameterofABCisreduced.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Thetechnicaldataforthe400/230Vdistributionnetworkareasfollows:
DistributionFeeder(0.4kV)
o 0.4kVABCconductor
o Designradius:500m700m
o Public mounted meter boxes with 3 or 6 meters, equipped with one main MCB and MCBs for
everyfeederline
CustomerServiceLinesandHouseConnections(0.23kV):
o Doublecore,doubleisolated8mmAlfor1kWpeakloadand10mmfor3kWpeakload;16to
25mmfor3phasesupplies
o Designload:0.5kW;1.5kW
o Coincidencefactor:0.5
o RCBOsinhousesselectivetoMCBs.
3.2.2.1
Meterboxes
Meterboxesaremadeofametalwaterproofcoverandalockabledoorandareinstalledatthefeeder
poles. Installation at public locations is preferred because termination of the cable and installation of
the meter within the compound would be more difficult. However, the meters positioned in public
require additional safety devices or larger conductor diameters to safely interrupt power in case of
faults. Considerable attention has been given to minimise and optimise the number of meter boxes
required.
Meter boxes are installed close to a number of compounds each of which is supplied individually via
twocorecables.Theconnectionfromtheoverheadfeederlinetothemeterboxisdonebyusing4x16
25mmcables.Themeterboxeswillbeinstalledinsuchawaythatmaximumlengthofcompound
connectionsisabout50mwithanaveragelengthofabout40m.
EachboxisprotectedviaaMCCBfusebreakerofrespectivesize.Thenumberofmetersinstalledineach
meterboxvariesbetween3and6andcaremustbetakentobalancetheloaddistributionbetweenthe
threephases.EachoutgoinglineisprotectedbyaMCCBofreasonablesize(10Ato16A).
3.2.2.2
Compoundconnectioncables
Theconsumersaretobeconnectedfromthemeterboxesviaa2x8mmor2x10mmAluminium
cable. With a design load of 1kW and a maximum length of 50m, the voltage drop is well below 1%
(0.8%for1,000W).Thepermissiblecontinuousratingoftheconnectioncableis45Aisalsowellabove
themaximumexpectedloadcurrentof5A.Averagelengthofcompoundconnectionsis40m.
RCBOsareinstalledinsuitableboxesineachcompound.Deenergizingofthecompoundcanthenbe
achievedviatheRCBOwhichismuchfasterandmoresensitiveagainstfaultswithinthecompoundasit
can safely isolate all hazardous situations. The RCBO is designed with a current rating of 25 A and a
maximumfaultcurrentratingof30mA.
3.2.3
Transformersubstations
Alltransformersubstationsarepolemounted.TransformersdohavevectorgroupofDyn5,andoffload
tapchangerwithminimum+/5%at5positions.Thetransformercapacityiscalculatedaccordingtothe
totalloadofallconnectedfeeders.Standardtransformersizesarethenusedtoselecttheunitrequired
foreachsubstation.
8 RenewableEnergyGuidelines
Nov.2013
Volume8
Thesubstationcomprisesofa11kVlinebreaker/disconnector,surgearrestorsandhighvoltagefuses,
the transformer and the lowvoltage switchboard including a main MCB. In addition, a consumption
meterisinstalled.AtypicallayoutandsinglelinediagramofthisarrangementispresentedinAnnex2.
Each0.4kVfeedercanbeindividuallyswitchedviasuitableMCBs.Thesizeswerecalculatedaccording
tonominalandfaultcurrentsensuringthatmaximumfaultcurrentscanbewithstoodwhilethelowest
faultcurrent(faultattheendofeachfeeder)issafelytripped.Consumptionmetersonthelowvoltage
sideofthe20/0.4kVtransformerandoneach0.4kVfeederwillallowcloseandindividualmonitoringof
thelossesalongeveryfeederline.
The total number of transformers is based on the maximum supply area which is determined by the
maximumpermissiblepowerlossesorvoltagedropwhichwassetatabout8%,whichwill,togetherwith
the 20kV voltage drops of about 2% (maximum 3%) lead to a total voltage drop of about 10% which
seems acceptable for the supply system. For concentrated settlement parts, the supply radius of one
transformer is about 500m while in villages where houses are more scattered and total load is less,
supplyradiusmayreach600to700m.However,themaximumpermissiblevoltagedropof8%should
beneverexceeded.
3.2.4
Earthingsystem
Proper earthing is required to ensure consumer personal safety and equipment protection. It is
therefore imperative to achieve a sufficiently low earth resistance to allow the passage of sufficient
current to operate relays or blow fuses. The switchyard and substation earthing system resistances
should therefore be less or equal to 2.0 . A detailed description of earthing system is compiled in
chapter6.3.7.
Theearthingsystemincludesthefollowingcomponents:
Switchyardandsubstations:Separateconnectionsforsurgearrestors,neutralpointoftransformers,
allmetalfittings;mixedLV/MVearthingwithresultingsystemlowerresultingresistivityorseparate
HVandLVearthingsystemwithcomparablehighertolerablesystemresistivity
Earthingofallpolesofthe11kVtransmissionline
0.4kV distribution line: solidly earthed at substation; earthing of every 10 12th pole, and the
terminalpoleofeveryfeeder
3phaseworkshops:SeparateearthingandinstallationofTNsystem.
3.2.5
Control&protection
Theoperationofanisolatedsupplysystempresentsachallengewithrespecttoasustainableoperation.
Besidethevoltageandfrequencyregulationwhichmaybeproblematicalincaseoftrippingsinglehigh
loads, problems may arise through transient voltage peaks due to lightning or switching, temporary
faultsalongthetransmissionoverheadline,andthroughpermanentsystemfaults.
Voltageandfrequencyregulationwillbedoneviathemaincontrolsysteminthepowerstation.With
respectto transientvoltagepeaksandtemporary/permanentfaultslinesectionalizersand/orrecloser
maybeinstalled.Therecloserwilldealwithalltransientfaultproblemswhilethesectionalizerallows
permanently faulty sections of the transmission overhead line to be isolated while keeping the
remainingsectionsinoperation
The power station should be started under noload or part load conditions. Thus, a number of
substations have to be disconnected prior to starting generation. Switching and control of the
substationswillbedoneeithermanuallyateachsubstationorviaaremotecontrolsystemthattripsa
Nov.2013
Volume8
motor driven main switch at the substation. The control system also provides indication of the
operationalstatusofthesubstationMCBbackatthepowerstationscontrolroom.
3.2.6
Loadflowanalysis
Comprehensive load flow analyses are required carried out for both the transmission and the
distribution system. The results shall confirm that all standards are met and all safety and protection
devicesarefullyfunctioning.
3.2.6.1
Transmissionlineandsubstations
The load flow analysis for the transmission system comprises the transmission line from the power
stationtotheLVsideofthesubstationtransformers.Individualloadsperfeederandpowerlossesalong
thefeederlinesweredeterminedassumingfullloadconditions.Systeminputsareasfollows:
Maximumgenerationcapacity:InMVA
Transmissionline(120mm,ACSR):Length,material,size
Transformersubstations:number,totalCapacityinMVA
Distributionfeeders:number,totallength,totaldesignload
Permissiblevoltagedrops:3.0%
Loadandgenerationaccelerationfactor:1.0
Solutionmethod:exact(iterative)
Sourceimpedances:included.
Nov.2013
Volume8
The analyses shall confirm that the system operates under stable conditions and all standards are
satisfied.Allresultsaresummarizedinatable(exampleseeBox1).
Box1:ResultsofloadflowanalysisGolainAstoreproject
Table33:Summaryofloadflowanalysis
Item
Voltagedrop
Losses
VD%
kW
KVAr
KVA
Transformer
0.271.31
2.4
6.0
24.7
Lines
0.10.3
0.1
18.5
18.5
Total
0.371.61
2.5
24.5
24.7
Totalinstalledgenerationcapacity
500.0
125.0
625.0
Totalpowerdemand
229.6
97.6
249.5
Loadfactorofpowerstation*
46%
Powerfactor
0.92
Source:Owncompilations,AnnexV5.5.1
*Loadfactor:powerdemand/capacityinstalled
Voltagelossesattransformervariesbetween0.27%and1.31%;lossesalongthetransmissionline
areduetothelowloadaboutzero.Thus,totallossesarewellbelowthesettargetof3%.
Theloadfactorof46%indicatesthatsufficientcapacityforthesupplyandfurthergridextensions
are available. The power factor of 0.92 indicates sufficient reactive power (power factor of
generators=0.8).
3.2.6.2
Feederlines
Thecalculationofconductor/cablesizeisbasedonthemaximumpermissiblevoltagedropofabout8%
and the minimum current flow required to safely activate the respective tripping devices in the
substation in the event of a fault and feeder loading in excess of the maximum permissible current
ratingofthe cable.Asexampletheresulting dataforGolainAstoreprojectsarecompiledinAnnex2.
Voltagedropiswellbelow1%atacablesizeof35mm.
TheresultsarecompiledinAnnexV5.5.2.Exceptonefeeder(feeder1inTF1)withavoltagelossof7%
allotherfiguresarewellbelow3.3%.Thenominalcablediametersvarybetween16mmand35mm
butshouldbeunifiedat35mmduetoeasierhandlingandstockkeeping.Thetotallengthofthe400V
feederstobeerectedisestimatedatabout36km.
3.2.7
Faultanalysis
Fault studies should be undertaken separately for the distribution system including compound
connections. Short circuit faults along the compound lines are tripped by the MCCBs in the meter
boxes, while fault current along the 400V feeders are tripped by the MCBs in the substations.
TransmissionLine
Shortcircuitstudiesforthetransmissionsystemarebasedonthe11kVoverheadline.Theresultsofthe
short circuit analyses, which should include balanced and unbalanced fault events and which should
indicate that in all cases and for all voltage levels, fault currents are well above the nominal current
Nov.2013
11
Volume8
whichisrequiredforthesafetrippingofshortcircuitcurrents.Theresultsareusedtofurtherspecify
thefusesandcurrentratingsofthecircuitbreakingdevicesinstalledonthe11kVline.
3.2.7.1
Feederlinesandcompoundconnections
FaultcurrentsattheLVsystemdependontheentiresystemimpedancesandshouldbecalculatedfor
thefollowingcases:
Threephasebalancedshortcircuitatthesubstationtodeterminethemaximumsystemfaultcurrent
whichhastobewithstoodbytheequipmentinstalled
Single lineground short circuit at the meter box which represents the minimum fault current that
hastobesafelytripped
Singlelinegroundshortcircuitatcompoundentrancerepresentingtheminimumfaultcurrentstobe
trippedbytheMCCBsinthemeterboxes.
TheresultsforGolainAstorearecompiledinAnnex2.Accordingtotheresults,MCBratingis40Aatall
feederlines.Thefaultcurrentisatminimum80Aforsingleand660Aforthreephaseshortcircuit.All
feederswillbesafelytrippedbythe25AMCBs.
Nov.2013
Volume8
4 Documentation
4.1 Operationandmaintenancemanuals
TheO&Mmanualsshallcontainthefollowinginformationinsufficientdetailtoenabletheoperatorto
maintain, dismantle, reassemble, adjust and operate the works with all its items of works and
installations:
4.1.1
Tableofcontents
a) Listofillustrations
b) Introduction
c) Detaileddescription
Detaileddescriptionshallcontainacompleteandaccuratedescriptionoftheworks,allcomponents
and ancillary equipment, their assembling and dismantling. An accurate list stating clearances,
tolerances,temperatures,fits,etc.shallbeincluded.
d) Operatingprinciplesandcharacteristics
A brief summary of the technical operating principles of the works, including diagrams, circuit
diagrams,sequencediagrams,piping,etc.
e) Operatinginstructions
The instructions shall contain the sequence of individual manipulations required for operation.
Tables,listsandgraphicpresentationsshouldbeusedwheneverpossibleformakingthedescription
readilyunderstandable.Anappropriatetroubleshootinglistshallbeincludedinthischapter.
f)
Testingandadjustment
The entire testing and adjustment procedure required for the works after overhauls and during
operationshallbedescribed.
g) Maintenanceinstructions
Thissectionisdividedintothefollowingparagraphs:
i)
Preventive maintenance, indicating the inspections required at regular intervals, the routine
cleaningandlubricatingoperations,theregularsafetychecksandsimilarsteps.
Themaintenanceinstructionsshallincludeatabularsummaryoftherequiredactivitiessorted
accordingto
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Quarterly
Yearly
(Orother)cyclesasapplicable.
ii) Repairandadjustmentproceduresincludingfaulttracing
iii) Sparepartlists,containingallthenecessarydatafororderingspareparts.Detaileddrawingfor
eachitemofsparepartsshallbesupplied.Theabovelistshouldincludeminimumandmaximum
quantitiesofsparestobemaintainedbytheproject.
Nov.2013
13
Volume8
iv) Toollists,containingallnecessarydataoftoolsrequired
v) ListofSuppliersofboughtoutitemsandtheircontactdetails.
vi) Asbuiltdrawings.
4.2 Installationandcommissioningprocedures
Theinstallationsproceduresshalldescribeinsequentialstepstheerectionofmajorequipmentandshall
contain sufficient details such as equipment preparation at work shop, handling of large and heavy
pieces,levelling,anchoring,sitewelding,sitepainting,erectionchecks,sitepressuretests,siteflushing
and cleaning of hydraulic systems, alignment and run out checks to allow the Operator to plan and
supervise the works at site, if required. The documentation shall contain the log sheets for taking
measurementsduringinstallation.
Precommissioning tests and procedures shall be described in sequential steps for the pre
commissioning of all electrical and mechanical equipment and shall also contain sufficient details viz.
checkingofinstallations,ratings,cableterminalcheckingandoperationtestofallauxiliaryequipment
etc.necessarylogsheetsshallbeannexedtofacilitateproperrecordingoftestresults.
Thecommissioningproceduresshallsequentiallyandinsufficientdetaildescribeactivitiesandtestsfor
allsystemscoveredbythecontract.
4.3 Operation
Theoperationshouldcontainadetaileddescriptionofstartandstopsequences,emergencymeasures,
identificationofmajorfaultandresolvingthereof,allmaintenanceworksandschedulesandadditional
usefulinformationtosustainablyoperatethepowerstation.
Nov.2013
Volume8
5 Generalrequirementsandworks
5.1 Electricalequipment/materials
5.1.1
General
All components shall be of an approved and reliable design. The highest extent of uniformity and
interchange ability shall be reached. The design shall facilitate maintenance and repair of the
components.
Unlessotherwisestated,ratingsofmainelectricalworks(infeeds,busties),whetheroriginallyspecified
ornot,shallgenerallyincludeasafetymarginof10%underconsiderationoftheworstcasetobemetin
service.
Shortcircuit calculations shall be evaluated giving full evidence that every electrical component can
withstand themaximum stressesunderfaultconditions,forfaultlevelsanddurationsobtainedunder
the worst conditions e.g. upon failure of the corresponding main protection device and time delayed
faultclearingbythebackupprotectiondevice.
Allworksshallbesuitablefortheprevailingclimaticconditions.
5.1.2
Mouldedcasecircuitbreakers
Allmouldedcasecircuitbreakersshallbeof2or3poletypeasrequired,havingthermaltimedelayand
instantaneous trips with "OnTripOff", indicating / operating mechanism. Circuit breakers used in
combination type motor starters or contactors shall have the operating mechanisms interlocked with
thestarterorcontactorcoversothatthecovercannotbeopenedunlessthecircuitbreakerisopen.The
breakersshallcomplywithapplicablesectionofIEC157/1orequivalentstandards.
5.1.3
Controlrelays
Relaysusedasauxiliarycontroldevicesinconjunctionwithmotorstartersandmagneticcontactorsshall
beofthetypedesignedformachinetoolapplicationfeaturingcontactconvertibility.Allcontactsshall
haveaminimumthermalcurrentratingof10Aoverarangeof6to600VAC.
5.1.4
Terminalblocks
Allterminalblocksshallbemountedinanaccessiblepositionwiththespacingbetweenadjacentblocks
notlessthan100mmandspacebetweenthebottomblocksandthecableglandplatebeingaminimum
of 200mm. Sufficient terminals shall be provided to allow for the connection of all incoming and
outgoingcables,includingspareconductorsanddrainwires.Inaddition20percentspareterminalsshall
beprovided.Inenclosedcubicles,theterminalblocksshallbeinclinedtowardthedoorforfacilitating
terminations.
Terminalsshallbeofthechannelmountingtypeandshallcompriseasystemofindividualterminalsso
thatterminalblockscanbeformedforeasyandconvenientcablingconsistentwiththehighreliability
requiredofthecircuits.
Terminal blocks shall be provided with shorting links and paralleling links where applicable and
mountingidentificationnumbersand/orletters.
Nov.2013
15
Volume8
Terminal blocks shall conform to the applicable standards. The smallest size to be used shall be
designatedfor2.5mmwireandnotmorethantwoconductorsshallbeconnectedunderoneterminal
clamp.
Terminalidentificationshallbeprovidedcorrespondingtowirenumberofconnectedleads.
Circuitterminalsfor415VACshallbesegregatedfromotherterminalsandshallbeequippedwithnon
inflammable, transparent covers to prevent contact with live parts. Warning labels with red lettering
shallbemountedthereoninaconspicuousposition.
5.1.5
Equipmentwiring
All wiring connections shall be readily accessible and removable for test or other purposes. Wiring
betweenterminalsofthevariousdevicesshallbepointtopoint.
Multiconductor cables shall be connected to the terminal blocks in such a manner as to minimise
crossovers.Approvedclawwashersofcrimptypeconnectorshallbeusedtoterminateallsmallwiring.
Each conductor shall be individually identified at both ends through a system providing ready and
permanentidentification,utilisingsliponferrules
Markers may be typed individually or made up from sets of numbers and letters firmly held in place.
Openmarkersshallnotbeaccepted.
Markers must withstand the local environment and only fungus proof materials will be accepted.
Ferrulesofadhesivetypearenotacceptable.
Alltripcircuitsshallemploymarkershavingaredbackground.
5.1.6
Cubiclesandcontrolpanels
Cubiclesandcontrolpanelenclosuresshallbeofsheetsteelwithminimumthicknessof2.5mm,ofrigid
selfsupportingconstructionandsuppliedwithchannelbases.
Cubicles shall be fitted with close fitting, gasketted, hinged, liftoff doors capable of being opened
through180deg.Thedoorsshallbeprovidedwithintegrallockandmasterkey.
Cubicles and panels shall be vermin proof. Removable gland plates shall be supplied and located to
provide adequate working clearance for the termination of cables. The cables and wiring shall enter
frombottomortop.
The cubicles and panels shall be adequately ventilated, if required, by vents or louvers.All ventilating
openingsshallbeprovidedwithcorrosionresistantmetalscreensorasuitablefiltertoprevententrance
ofinsectsorvermin.Spaceheatingelementswiththermostaticcontrolshallbeincludedineachpanel.
Wherecubiclesaresplitbetweenpanelsforshipping,terminalblocksshallbeprovidedoneachsideof
thesplitwithallnecessarycableextensionsacrossthesplits.Thesecableextensionsshallbeconfined
withinthepanelswithsuitableinternalcableducts.
Unlessstatedotherwise,allcubiclesandpanelsshallbeprovidedwithagroundbuswith40mmcopper
bar extending throughout the length. Each end of this bus shall be drilled and provided with lugs for
connectinggroundcablesrangingfrom70to240mm.
All instruments, control knobs and indicating lamps shall be flush mounted on the panels. Relays and
otherdevicessensitivetovibrationshallnotbeinstalledondoorsorhingedpanelsandnoequipment
shallbeinstalledonrearaccessdoors.
Nov.2013
Volume8
The instrument and control wiring including all electrical interlocks and all interconnecting wiring
betweensectionsshallbecompletelyinstalledandconnectedtoterminalblocksbythemanufacturer.
Theinteriorofallcubiclesandpanelsshallhaveamatwhitefinishunlessspecifiedotherwise.
Switchedinteriorlightandsocketoutletsshallbeprovidedforallcubiclesandcontrolpanels.
Allcubiclesandcontrolpanelsshallbeprovidedwithnameplates,identifyingthepurposeofthepanel
andallofitscomponents.
Allcubicles,switchgearcabinetsandcontrolpanelsshallbeprotectedtoIP54.
5.1.7
Earthing
ProvisionshallbemadeforearthingallequipmentintendedforconnectioninanA.C.mainssupply.All
structuralmetalworkandmetalchassisshallbeconnectedtoearth.Connectionbetweencircuitsand
metal work shall only be made for reasons of safety and / or reduction of interference. Where such
connectionsaremade,theyshallnotbeusedasnormalcurrentcarryingearthreturns.
Earthingconductorsshallbeatleastequalincrosssectionalareatothesupplyconductorsandshallbe
capableofcarryingthefaultcurrent.
5.2 Weldingandheattreatment
5.2.1
Welding
All welding (except welding of thin plates or piping of small sizes) shall be performed by electricarc
methodandwherepractical,withprocesscontrolledautomaticmachines.
Buttweldscanbeweldedfromonesideonlyandshallbeprovidedwithbackstripsonthewholelength
oftheseamtobewelded.
After being deposited, welds shall be cleaned of slag and shall show uniform sections, smoothness of
weldmetal,featheredgeswithoutoverlap,andnoporosityandclinker.Visualinspectionoftheendsof
weldsshallindicategoodfusionwiththebasemetal.
Whereweldmetalisdepositedinsuccessivelayers,eachlayershallbethoroughlypreenedbeforethe
nextlayerisapplied.
Allweldstransversetothedirectionofflowshallbegroundflushwiththeplatesontheinside.Welds
shallbegroundflushonboththeinsideandtheoutsidewhereverdynamicstressoccurs.
Particularcareshallbetakeninaligningandseparatingtheedgesofthememberstobejoinedbybutt
weldingsothatcompletepenetrationandfusionatthebottomofthejointwillbeensured.Wherefillet
weldsareused,themembersshallfitcloselyandshallbeheldtogetherduringwelding.
Thecutsurfacesofplatesrequiringweldjointsshallbefreeofallvisibledefects,suchaslaminations,
surface defects caused by shearing or flamecutting operations. The edges and surfaces to be welded
shall be free of rust, mill scale, grease, oil, paint or any other foreign matter. Welding over painted
surfaceshallbeprohibitedallpaintingmaterialsnexttothejointtobeweldedshallberemovedwell
beyondtheheataffectedzone.
Nov.2013
17
Volume8
5.2.2
Weldingqualifications
Forweldingofprincipalstresscarryingparts,thestandardofweldingprocedures,weldersandwelding
operatorsshallconformtostandardsequivalenttotherequirementsoftheASMEBoilerandPressure
VesselCode,SectionsVIIIandIX,orDIN8560,DIN8563andEN287.
Allweldersandweldingoperatorsassignedtotheworkshallhavepassedaperformancequalification
test.Ifmorethanoneyearhaselapsedsincethewelderorweldingoperatorpassedhislasttest,then
heshallagainbetested.
5.2.3
Qualityandprocedurecontrol
Quality control methods e.g. radiography, ultrasonic crack detection etc. shall be done in accordance
withtheappropriatemanufacturing code.However,theSuppliershallindicateclearlyinthetechnical
datasheetstheextenttowhichthesemethodsshallbeused.
Allweldedjoints,whichhavetobetight,shallbeinspectedortestedbydyepenetrationtests.
Allmajorweldscarriedoutonpartsunderhydraulicpressureshallbeatleast10%radiographicallyand
100% ultrasonic examined. All welds on the skinplates shall be additional dye penetration tested as
directedbytheEngineer.
The Supplier shall indicate in the corresponding drawings the type of nondestructive testing to be
carriedoutduringmanufactureandatsite.
5.2.4
Defectsandrepairs
Plates with laminations discovered after cutting shall be rejected unless the laminated portion is only
localandcaneasilyberepaired;suchrepairsshallrequiretheconsentoftheEngineer.
Defectsinwelds,whicharetoberepaired,shallbechippedouttosoundmetalandtheareastobeDP
(Dye penetration) or ultrasonically tested to ensure that the defective material has been completely
removed before repair of welding is carried out. Repairs shall be carried out in accordance with the
relevantstandardsandtotheapprovaloftheEngineer.TheSuppliershallbefullyresponsibleforthein
serviceperformanceofallweldingwork.
TheWorkshallbe100%inspectedagainbythemethodusedfirsttodeterminesuchfaultywork.
5.2.5
Heattreatment
Heattreatmentshallbeperformedonallfabricatedpartswhicharestressedduringfabricationasper
theapprovedheattreatment/weldprocedureandaretobefinishmachined.
Heat treatment of field erection welding seams shall be performed according to the specifications for
the welding procedure for the corresponding parts, which shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval.
5.3 Protectionofmachinedsurfaces
5.3.1
General
Machinefinishedsurfacesshallbethoroughlycleanedofforeignmatter.Finishedsurfacesoflargeparts
andothersurfacesshallbeprotectedwithwoodenpadsorothersuitablemeans.Unassembledpinsor
Nov.2013
Volume8
bolts shall be oiled or greased and wrapped with moistureresistant paper or protected by other
approvedmeans.
5.3.2
Corrosionprotection
All ferrous metal work shall be provided with an effective painted or galvanized finish, applied in
accordancewiththebestpracticetoprotectfromcorrosion.
5.3.3
5.3.3.1
Painting
Surfacepreparation
All surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned by suitable means before application of paint.
Aftercleaningthesurfacesshallberinsedinamannerthatnoresidueswillremain.
For removing rust and mill scale on structural steel, piping and other steel surfaces, particularly parts
whichwillbeincontactwithwater,exposedtoheavycondensationandhumidityorsubjectedtohigh
temperature shall be sandblasted (sandblasting SA 2.5). Parts which cannot be sandblasted, shall be
cleanedofrustbypowertoolcleaningtothehighestdegreepossible.
Thecleansurfaceswhichareincontactwithwatershallreceiveashopcoatwithaquickdryinghighly
pigmented2packzincrichprimer(e.g.InertolR,60meach)andthreefinalcoats(e.g.InertolPoxitar
F,100meach),unlessotherwisespecified.
The clean surfaces which are in contact with air shall receive a shop coat with a quickdrying highly
pigmented2packzincrichprimer(e.g.InertolR,80meach)andonefinalcoat(e.g.PVCsinglelayer
lacquer,80m),unlessotherwisespecified.
Primed surfaces contaminated with oil or grease shall be degreased in a manner not affecting the
qualityoftheprimer.2componentcoatingsolderthansix(6)monthsshallberoughenedpriortothe
applicationofthenextcoat.
5.3.3.2
Applicationprocedure
The most commonly used methods of application are painting by brush, roller, pressure and airless
sprayingequipment.Selectionoftheapplicationmethoddependsonthesurfacetobepainted.
Forallpaintsthesurfacetemperatureofthemetalshallnotbehigherthan+50*Cduringthepainting.
Concerningspecialpaints,therequirementssetbythepaintmanufacturershallbefollowed.Allpainting
shallbefreeofcracksandblistersandallrunsshallbebrushedoutimmediately.Afterapplicationofthe
lastcoatthepaintsystemshallbefreeofpores.
Metallicparts,whichareembeddedinconcrete,shallbepaintedwithcementbasepaints.
5.3.3.3
Galvanizing
Unless otherwise specified, all fasteners and steel structures of exterior and interior steel surfaces of
outdoor Works shall be hotdip galvanized or electrolytically galvanized. For galvanizing, only original
blastfurnacerawzincshallbeapplied,whichshallhaveapurityof98.5%.
Thethicknessofthezinccoatshallbe:
For bolts and nuts of sizes above M36 approx. 60 micrometer and for sizes below M36 25
micrometer.
Nov.2013
19
Volume8
For all other parts, except for hydraulic steel structures or parts intermittently or permanently
submergedinwater,approx.50micrometer
For hydraulic steel structures or parts intermittently or permanently submerged in water, approx.
100micrometer.
Cleaning:Allmaterialtobegalvanizedshallbecleanedcarefullyofrust,loosescale,dirt,oil,grease,and
otherforeignmatters.Particularcareshallbetakentocleanslagfromweldedareas.
Galvanizing of hardware: Bolts, nuts, washers, locknuts and similar hardware shall be galvanized in
accordancewiththerelevantstandards.
Straightening after galvanizing: All plates and shapes, which have been warped by the galvanizing
process, shall be straightened by being rerolled or pressed without injury to the protective coating.
Materialsthathavebeenharmfullybentorwarpedintheprocessoffabricationorgalvanizingshallbe
rejected.
5.3.4
Bolts,screws,nuts,etc.
Allbolts,studs,screws,nutsandwashersshallbetotheISOmetricsystem. Mildsteelboltsandnuts
shallbeofprecisioncoldforgedorhotforgedtypewithmachinedfacesparalleltooneanother.
Allparts,otherthanstructuralsteelwork,boltedtogethershallbespotfacedonthebacktoensurethat
nutsandboltheadsbeddownsatisfactorily.Mildsteelnutsandboltsshallbezincorcadmiumplated.
Stainless steel bolts, nuts, washers and screws shall be used for holding renewable parts in water or
whenexposedtohighhumidity
All bolts or studs which will be subject to high stress and / or temperature shall be of approved high
tensilematerialwithnutsofapprovedmaterial.AllboltsandstudslargerthanM60shallbedrilledfor
heatersorshallhaveanextensionforpretensioningbyhydraulictools.
Fittedboltsshallbeadrivingfitinthereamedholestheyoccupy,shallhavethescrewedportionofa
diametersuchthatitwillnotbedamagedindrivingandshallbemarkedinaconspicuouspositionto
ensurecorrectassemblyatsite.
Nov.2013
Volume8
6 Erectionandinstallation
6.1 General
These works include but are not limited to the installation of poles, cross arms, pins, insulators,
hardware, conductors, transformers, relays, fuse cutouts, surge arresters; the installation of
transformer boxes, of grounding and stay wires and other support structures and anchors; the
installationofcables.
ThePOshallcomplywithallapplicableandapprovedsafetyregulationswhilecarryingouttheworkson
site.Heshallberesponsibleforadequateprotectionofpersons,plantandmaterialsagainstinjuriesand
damagesresultingfromhisoperations.
6.2 Safetypractices
Allworksshallbeundertakenwithcloseattentiontohighstandardsofsafetytoworkers,tothepublic
andtotheplantandequipment.
All of the workers shall be effectively trained and competent in safe working practices that must be
adhered to at all times. All personnel shall be issued with and use relevant personal and work team
related safety equipment at all times. The safety equipment shall be maintained in good order and
condition.
Personal safety equipment for linemen and others working on the network shall include but not be
limitedto:
Safetyhelmet
Protectivegloves
Inadditionlinemenwhoworkonpolesorfromladdersorelevatedplatformsshallbesuppliedwithand
useatalltimes:
Safetybeltsand/orharnesses
InsulatinggloveswhenworkingonorinproximitytoenergizedLVcircuits
SuitableratedinsulatedgloveswhenoperatingenergizedMVequipment.
6.3 Detailsofinstallation
6.3.1
Erectionofpoles
Inordertopreventobstructionofentrances,windows,drivewaysandforplacementofstays(guys)the
POshallberesponsibleforthefieldverificationofpolelocationtopreventobstructionsasmentioned
abovepriorthecommencementofexcavationworks.
The types of poles included in the specifications shall be used for design taking into account system
requirements,heightofinstallationsandloadingconditions.
Theembeddingofpolesshallbemadeinaccordancewiththerespectivestandardandthedimensions
indicated therein shall be maintained in all cases, with tolerances of 75mm. The 11kV poles shall be
made of r/f concrete of round or rectangular shape or lattice steel poles according to the respective
PakistaniStandards.
Nov.2013
21
Volume8
ABC cable are fixed on 7m concrete, steel, or wooden poles. Installation at house walls shall be
consideredasanoptionwithinvillages.
Pole erection shall be made using the equipment and erection techniques that guarantee an erection
freeofshockscausingcrackstothepoles.
After installation, poles shall be perpendicular and perfectly aligned unless otherwise stated on
drawings.
6.3.2
Erectionofstaywires
Anchored guys shall be used on deadend poles or any other pole specified in the drawings and/or
requiredstandards.
Staywiresshallavoidinterferencewithlineconductorsatalltimes.Staysshallbeattachedtothepole
or the structure as close as possible to the conductors load centre. Stays shall have an angle not less
than 45 and not greater than 60 in reference to ground level. Stays shall be solidly anchored to the
groundwithproperanchorsandwithdepthasspecifiedonstandardsinordertosupportthetension
stress.Staysshallbeanchoredwithspecifiedtypeofgalvanizedsteelanchorrod,andsecuredtoabove
mentionedanchor.
Allstaysaretobeequippedwithinsulatorsofappropriatetype.Theinsulatorsshallbeinstalledinsuch
aheightthattheupperpartofthestaywirecannotbetouched.
Stays shall be installed before tensioning line conductors and shall have enough tension to slightly
incline the poles in the opposite direction to the line, in such a manner that after tensioning the line
conductorpoleacquiresitsverticalpositionandshallnotyieldinanycase.
6.3.3
Lineconstruction
MVandLVconstructionshallbeinaccordancewithPakistanistandards.Polesshallbetransportedand
handled with care. During transport the poles shall be supported along the full length with minimum
overhang. Lifting shall be done by suitable cranes using straps or slings that cannot damage the pole
surface.Thestrapsandslingsshallbeappliedatthedesignatedliftingpointsonly.Excavationshallbe
minimaltopermitsatisfactoryplacementandcompactionofthebackfill.Inpoorgroundbearingpads
forverticalloadsshallbeprovided.Backfillmaterialshallbeofdrysoil,orcementstabilizedsoil,orC12
concretetoachievesuitablestrength.
Allcrossarmsshallbefittedwithtwocrossarmbraces.Allboltheadsandnutsthatbearonconcrete
surfacesshallbefittedwithawasher.Polethroughbolts,crossarmboltsandmountingboltsforother
equipmentshallbelongenoughtofullyengagenutandwasherbutshallnotextendmorethan25mm
beyond the nut after correctly tightened. Anchor deadmen and guys shall be installed before the
conductorsareerected.Thealignmentandtensionoftheguywiresshallbesuchastoensurethatthe
guyscorrectlycarrythedesignloadsandthatpolesareplumbatthecompletionoftheworks.Pulling
out,tensioningandsaggingofconductorsshallbecarriedoutinamannerthatavoidsdamageorover
stressingoftheconductor.Allconductorjointsandconnectorsshallbeappliedtospecificallyprepared
andcleanedsurfacesusingapprovedcorrosioninhibitors.Allfittingsshallbeappliedinaworkmanlike
mannerfullyinaccordancewiththemanufacturersinstructions.Combineddisconnectorsanddropout
fuses and surge arresters shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers instructions. The surge
arrestersatdistributiontransformersshallbeinstalledonthefeedersidebutascloseaspossibletothe
combineddisconnector&dropoutfuses.
Necessarytreecleaningandsuitablydisposeofalldebrisfromtheconstructionsiteshallbecarriedout.
Nov.2013
Volume8
The main specifications regarding installation of conductors used on designs for erection are briefly
describedinthefollowing.
Line conductors shall be supported by the structures and shall have cross sections as indicated on
drawingsanddesignspecifications.
Beforeconductorstringing,itshallbeassuredthatnobroken,crackedorscratchedinsulatorexistsand
thatallinsulatorsareoftherequiredtype.
Theprimarycircuitconductorsshallbesupportedbyspecifiedinsulatorsandshallbefastenedtoitwith
sametypeofconductorwire.
The primary conductors shall terminate on suspension insulators as specified, with preformed
conductorsofpropersizewithcotterpinattachmentsattheinsulator.
Lineconductorsplicingshallbemadewhererequiredprovidedthatsplicesareatdistancesgreaterthan
10mfromsupportoftheconductorandnomorethanonespliceinonespan.
Conductorsplicesshallbemadeusingsplicesleevescompression.
Duringstringingoperationstheconductorsshallbecarefullymanipulatedandbecontinuouslyinspected
toavoidanykinkingordamage.
During stringing it is expressly forbidden to drag conductors over the street, ground, rocky or hard
surfaces,etc.,wheretheconductorcanbedamaged.
Whilestringing,theconductorshallbecarefullyobservedinordertoeliminatedamagedpartsandto
avoidformationofknots,twistsorprematurebreakages.
All stringing tools, jacks, wheels, sheaves, etc. shall be of proper type and shall avoid any damage to
conductorsuchasscratches,kinkings,abrasionsetc.duringstringingoperations.
Nolinestructureshallbebroughtoutofplaceduringstringingandtensioningofconductors.
Nostringingandtensioningoperationsshallbemadeduringperiodsofhighwindorduringnight.
Stringing blocks (sheaves) shall be fixed on supports which are mounted on the poles to receive the
conductorsinordertoallowstringingofconductors.
Blocksforstringingandtensioningshallbeofadequatediameter.Allblocksshallbeequippedwithball
or rolling bearings of high quality. The grooves shall be covered with a neoprene lining or in case of
stringingaluminiumconductorgroovesshallbemadeofagoodaluminiumalloy.
Nosplicesorreparationsleeves(armourrods)shallbepermittedthroughstringingblocks.
Itshallnotbepermittedforconductorstohanginblocksformorethanastringingworkingdaybeforeit
isfinallyclippedin.
Conductorsshallbestrungbyacontrolledtensionmethod(brakedpull)inordertoavoidcontactwith
thegroundoranyotherobjectabovegroundlevel.
Conductors shall be sagged using a set of appliances (tensioning jacks, come along clamps, etc.)
connectedinseriestoconductorsthroughadynamometerfixedonthepolewheretheconductorshall
bedeadening.Then tensionshallbeappliedbyatensioningjackuntilthedynamometerregistersthe
tensionspecifiedinthestandard(itshallbenecessarytoincreasetensiontoallowtensionreliefwhen
the apparatus are removed and the conductor is hanging from the insulator string). Gripping clamps
shallbeinstalledimmediatelyandshallbedisconnectedfromallappliances.Theairtemperatureduring
Nov.2013
23
Volume8
conductorstringingshallbemeasuredbyacertifiedglassthermometerwhichshallhangtotallyexposed
totheelementsontheparallelconductortotheonebeingsagged.
Sagconductorvaluesshallbeverifiedonsuspensionspansaccordingtothelocalstandardsandshallbe
acceptedwithinatoleranceof12mmforspansof30m,providedthatconductorsinsamespanhave
thesamesags.
Thespansselectedforsagcheckingshallbeapproximatelyequaltotherulingspaninthislinesection
andsupportingstructuresonbothsidesofthespanshallpreferablybeatthesameelevation.
6.3.4
Insulatedconductors
Low voltage double, triple and quadruple conductors shall be installed following the guidelines
previously mentioned for bare conductor installation which are applicable to LV and according to the
respectivestandards.
Inordernottodamageinsulationoftheconductorsduringinstallation,itshallbecompletelyforbidden
toallowconductorstobeincontactwiththeground.Inadditionblocksshallhaveadequategroovesto
acceptthreeorfourconductorcableswithoutpermittinganydamagetothem.
6.3.5
6.3.5.1
Insulators
Pininsulators
Pininsulatorsusedonprimarytransmissionanddistributionlinesshallbeinstalledonthepolesbefore
liftingandmountingofpoles.Properadjustmentshallbeverifiedforeveryelementandthepositionof
theinsulatorslotinthedirectionoftheline.
Priortoclippingintheconductortheinsulatorsshallbeinspectedforforcleanliness,damage,groove
alignment,tightnessoffixingelements,etc.andshalltakethenecessarystepstocorrectallmistakes.
6.3.5.2
Insulatorstrings
The assembly of insulator strings shall be done carefully, taking special precautions to assure that all
pinsremainproperlyinstalled.Beforeproceedingwiththeassemblyitshallbeverifiedthatallelements
donothaveanydefectandareclean.
Theinsulatorstringshallbeinstalledontheerectedpoleinacarefulmannerinordertoavoidshocks
whichcancausedamagetoinsulatorswhenlifted.
6.3.5.3
Spoolinsulators
Spoolinsulatorsshallbeinstalledonthecorrespondingpoleattachingsupportinaccordancewiththe
LVdistributionstandard,takingprecautionstoassurethatthesecuringpinisproperlyinstalled.
Before installation the insulator shall be inspected to assure that it does not have any defect and is
clean.
6.3.6
Erectionoftransformers
Transformersshallbeinstalledatsupportpoles.Cutoutmountingshallbemadeonpolestructuresin
anopenposition.Correctfunctioningandpropersizeoffusesshallbeverifiedbeforemounting.AllMV
andLVcableconnectionsshallbemadebyusingcompressionconnectors.
Nov.2013
Volume8
6.3.7
6.3.7.1
Earthing
General
EarthinglayoutsforMVandLVsystemsarecompiledinAnnex2.TheMVorLVburiedearthgridshall
compriseofnotlessthanthreestandardearthrodsspaced3mormoreinatriangularpatternaround
thepolestructure,substation,orequipmentbuilding.WhereSiteconditionsmakethisimpractical,the
earthgridshallcompriseofnotlessthanthreestandardearthrodsspaced2mormoreapartinstalled
inastraightlineunderneaththelineoftheoverheadMVdistributor.Ifadditionalearthingisrequiredto
achievethethreshold,theearthgridshallbeextendedinaradialpatternwithbarecopperconductor
androdsatnotlessthan2mspacing.
Allearthconnectionsonthedistributionnetworkshallbeconstructedwithnotlessthan35mmcopper
conductor.Allleadsfromtheequipmentabovegroundonthepoleoratthesubstationtothefirstearth
rod shall be PVC covered. Beyond the first earth rod direct buried 35mm copper conductor shall be
used.Copperconductorforearthingmaybeharddrawnorsoftdrawn.Formechanicalprotection,the
earth laid between 2.5m above to 400mm below ground shall be installed inside a 20mm diameter
polyethylenepipeofblackcolour.Thepolyethylenepipeandconductorshallbesecuredtothepoleby
stainlesssteelbandingatintervalsnotlessthan750mm.Allburiedearthconductorsshallbenotless
than450mmbelowtheground.
Allearthrodsshallbemadeofextensiblecoppercladsteel(orhotdipgalvanized),normallength1,500
x15mmdiameter.Singleorjointedearthrodsshallbeusedasnecessarytoachieveasatisfactoryearth
test.Rodsshallbedrivenintothegroundinsuchawaythatthetopisnotlessthan450mmbelowthe
surface.Theearthrodassemblyshallbefittedwithapurposedesignedclampsuitableforuptothree
35mmcopperconductors.
6.3.7.2
MVearthingrequirements
Within the MV network all exposed metal work shall be directly earthed to the locally established
earthingsystemfittedwithatestlink.Locationsincludedistributiontransformersubstations,switching
stations, etc. The maximum resistance of the local earth grid shall be not more than 3 Ohm. MV
lightningarrestersshallbeearthedbyanindependentconnectionbutmayutilizethesameearthgridas
otherMCequipment.Atestlinkmustnotbeinsertedinanylightningarrestorearthconnection.
Allexposedmetalatthesubstationincludingtransformertank,transformerbearers,MVfusesupports,
LVcubicleframe,etc.shallbeinterconnectedandconnectedtothegroundwithacopperconductorof
notlessthan35mmcrosssectionpreferablyinaringcircuit.
6.3.7.3
LVearthingconstructionrequirements
TheoverallresistivityoftheLVdistributionsystemshallbelessthan2Ohm.Wheretherecommended
practicesarefollowedtheoverallvaluewillusuallybelessthan1Ohm.
AteverydistributiontransformersubstationtwoLVearthgridsshallbeinstalled,oneeachatthefirstLV
poleawayfromthetransformerattwodifferentLVdistributors.Thisisnecessarytoensuresufficient
separationfromtheMVearthgridatthetransformer.Eachgrid shallbedirectlyconnectedtotheLV
neutral.Theearthleadtoeachoftheseearthgridsshallbefittedwithatestlinklocatedonthepolejust
abovethepolyethylenepipeandarrangedinsuchawaytoisolatethesystemneutralfromtheearth
gridfortesting.Thetestlinkshallbeinsulatedorpositionedsothatitdoesnotmakeelectricalcontact
withthepolewhenopened.Eachoftheseearthgridsmusthaveameasuredresistivityofnotgreater
than2Ohm.Theprovisionoftwoseparateearthgridsprovidessecurityagainstdamagetooneofthem
andallowsforroutinetesting.
Nov.2013
25
Volume8
IncaseinstallationoftwoLVearthgridsisnotpossibleonseparatepolesawayfromthetransformer,
oneoftheLVgrids may beinstalled adjacentto thetransformerpole provideditisseparatedbyless
than5mfromanypartoftheMVgridandtheburiedleadstotheLVgridareelectricallyindependent
(e.g.PCVcoveredconductorinstalledinpolyethylenepipe).
TheLVneutralshallbeearthedateverythirdorfourthpoleandatleastevery200m,andatallmeter
boxes,andattheendofeachLVdistributor.EarthconnectionsalongtheLVdistributorandattheends
of the distributor shall comprise a single earth stake solidly connected to the neutral conductor with
35mm copper PCV covered conductor. No test link is required. Where LV distributors from adjacent
transformersmeettheneutralshallbeinterconnectedandearthed.
6.3.7.4
Earthrods
Earthrodsshallbeof19mmdiametersolidcopperwithintegraldrivingheadandshallbeprovidedof3
mlength.Threerodsofeachsizeshallbeprovidedforeachdistributiontransformer.
Earth rod clamps shall be of high copper content alloy and provided with stainless steel Ubolts. The
clampsshallbesuitableforeitherparallelorrightangleconnection.
PVC water pipe shall be supplied for protection of the 35mm earthing conductor used in the
distributionsubstations.ThePVCwaterpipesshallhave20mminternaldiameter,beUVresistantand
conform to BS 3505 or similar standard and be supplied in 4 m length. For earthings at houses
galvanizedsteelrodsof1.50lengthcanbeused,alwaysprovidedthatthefinalmaximumresistivityis
achieved.
6.3.7.5
Copperearthingconductor
Insulated Copper earthing conductor is required for outdoor earthing of MV and LV overhead line
equipment.Theconductorshallbesinglecorestrandedhighconductivityannealedcopperconductor,
withextrudedblackPVCandyellow/greenXLPEinsulationofnominal1.0mmthickness;nominalcore
sizeis35mmand10mmforhouseearthings.Thecableshallberatedfor600/1000V.Theconductor
shallbesuppliedindrums.
Terminal lugs shall be of heavily tinned high purity copper and of compression type prefilled with
compound.
Nov.2013
Volume8
7 Testingandcommissioning
7.1 MVlines
Allprimarylinesshallbeenergized,inaccordancewithlocalstandardprocedures.
Voltage measurements shall be made on metallic parts of the structures and guying cables to detect
possible leakage voltage. If such voltages are found, the PO shall proceed to eliminate them with the
necessarycorrections.
Alllooseinsulatorsandinsulatortiescausingradiointerferenceshallbecorrected.
Loadmeasurementsshallbemadeonhighvoltagelinesatthedeparturestructuresofthesubstation,
andloadshallbebalanced.
Properphasingoflinesatall90anglesandsectionalizingswitchestopreservethesameexistingphase
sequencetoallcustomersistobeassured.
Primaryvoltagesshallbemeasuredatsubstationdeparturestructures,ateachsectionalizingswitchand
othersuitablelocations.
Specialprecautionsshallbetakentohavethesamephasesequencingincircuitsofdifferentsubstations
whenthesecircuitsareprovidedwithtransferswitches.
The load shall be balanced to 15% of unbalance between phases or 10% difference between the
maximumandminimumvaluesinamperesduringpeakhour.
7.2 LVlines
All secondary lines shall be disconnected from the feeding transformer(s) prior to energizing of
transformer(s).
Therotationateachthreephasecustomerentranceshallbeobserved,marked,anddisconnectedand
rotationofnewfeedverifiedpriortoreconnectionofservicefromnewsecondaryfeed.
Thetransformer(s)shallbeenergizedandnosecondaryloadvoltageshallbemeasuredatthebushing.If
thevoltageiscorrect,thenthesecondarylineswillbeconnectedtothetransformer(s)bushings.Prior
toconnectingthreephaseservices,thevoltageandrotationshallbeverifiedtobecorrect.
If after connecting the secondary lines to the transformer bushing and prior to connecting any
customer,thereisashortcircuitinthelines,thereasonsshallbeidentifiedandmeasuresforshortcut
clearancetobeundertaken.
The load shall be balanced to to 5% unbalance between phases, or 10% of the difference between
maximumandminimumvaluesinamperesduringpeakhouroneachtransformer.
Nodistributiontransformershallhaveloadsexceeding150%ofnominalcapacityduringpeakhour.
7.3 Acceptance
The takingover testing of any part or section of the permanent works which can operate as an
independentunit,shallbeperformedasperthetestprocedureagreedupon.
Nov.2013
27
Volume8
Immediately upon termination of any such testing of a part or section of the permanent works a
"protocolofacceptance"whichshallbedeemedtobethetestcertificate.
ThisdocumentshallbesignedbyanauthorizedrepresentativeoftheClient(PPAF),thePOandtheCO,
andshallformanintegralpartofthelater"takingovercertificate".
This"protocolofacceptance"shallstate:
Thedateoftesting
Thequantityandtypeofworksconcerned
StatementofallminordefectswhichhavetobecorrectedbythePO/CO
Confirmationthattheguaranteeddatahavebeenproven.
Ifanytestfortheverificationoftheguaranteeddatacouldnotbeperformedforoperationalreasons,
this part of the acceptance shall be stated in the "protocol of acceptance" and be postponed for a
mutuallyagreedperiod.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8 Technicalspecifications
The technical specifications describe the quality requirements of the various parts. The specifications
shallbeincludedintherequestforquotationsortenderprocedure.Allmaterialandequipmentsupplied
andinstalledshallbeaccordingtothesespecifications.
The compliance of all material and equipment used shall be guaranteed and confirmed by the site
engineerandshallbesubjecttorevisionduringcommissioning.
Allmaterials,whetherfullyspecifiedhereinornot,shallbeoffirstclassqualityparticularlywithregard
to manufacture, strength, ductility and durability and shall conform to the best modern practice and
complyinallrespectswiththeseSpecifications.
8.1 Overheadconductors
8.1.1
Conductordrums
Overhead conductors shall be delivered wound on strong wooden drums treated to an approved
international standard by vacuum impregnation with copperchromearsenate (CCA) preservative to
resistrottingandtermiteandfungusattacks.Drumswithanoutsidediameterexceeding2.5mandan
outsidewidthexceeding1.4mshallnotbeused.Thecentralholeofthedrumsshallbereinforcedwith
asteelplateofatminimum10mmthicknesstofitanaxlesizeof95mmdiameter.Thethreadofbolts
used to strengthen the cable drums shall be peened in such a way that the nut can be tightened but
cannotbereadilyremoved.Theinterioroftheconductordrumsshallbelinedwithbituminouspaperto
prevent the conductor from being in contact with the timber. Waterproof paper and felt lining shall
overlapatseamsbyatleast20mmandtheseamsshallbesealed.
This specification covers the design, manufacture, testing, supply, delivery and performance
requirementsofACSRforuseintheoverheadlines.
Table81:Conductors:nominalareaandoveralldiameter
Conductor
Number&Diameterofwires
Al
Fe
OverallDiameter
(mm)
50/8
6/3.2
1/3.20
9.60
70/12
26/1.85
7/1.44
11.7
95/15
26/2.15
7/1.67
13.6
120/20
26/2.44
7/1.90
15.5
120/70
12/3.60
7/3.60
18.0
150/25
26/2.70
7/2.10
17.1
8.1.2
Standards
TheequipmentsuppliedshallconformtothelatesteditionoftheappropriateIECSpecificationsand/or
otherrecognisedinternationalstandards.Inparticular:
IEC60028 InternationalStandardofresistanceofcopper
IEC6088 Zinccoatedsteelwiresforstrandedconductors
IEC60104 Aluminiummagnesiumsiliconalloywireforoverheadlineconductors
Nov.2013
29
Volume8
EN50182.2001(TableF.19)
DIN48204
DIN48201/8.
8.1.3
PhysicalcharacteristicsACSRCONDUCTOR
Thephysical,mechanicalandelectricalcharacteristicsoftherequiredACSRconductorsaccordingtoDIN
48204arecompiledinTable82.
Table82:CharacteristicsofACSRconductors
Conductor
Weight
Nominalbreakingload
Max.DCresistanceat20C
(kg/km)
(N)
(Ohm/km)
50/8
196
16,870
0.595
70/12
284
26,790
0.413
95/15
383
37,200
0.306
120/20
494
45,650
0.243
120/70
904
98,160
0.236
150/25
604
55,250
0.194
8.1.4
Material
ThealuminiumwiresusedintheconstructionoftheACSRstrandedconductorsshallbemadeofquality
aluminium material, type GIE in condition H9 as specified in IEC 60889 or equivalent. The galvanised
steel wires used in the construction of the ACSR stranded conductors shall be of the standard tensile
strengthgradegiveninIEC60888orequivalent.
Both, aluminium and steel wires shall be smooth and free from inequalities. The aluminium and steel
wiresshallhavethephysical,mechanicalandelectricalcharacteristicsgiveninTables31and32above.
8.1.5
Constructionalfeatures
Theconstructionalfeaturesoftheroundwire,concentriclay,ACSRstrandedconductors,startingfrom
aluminiumandsteelwireswillconformwithconstructionalfeaturesofIEC60889(aluminiumwire),IEC
60888(steelwire)andIEC61089(strandedconductors)and/orDIN48204.
Inallconductorconstruction,successivelayersshallhaveoppositedirectionsoflay,theoutermostlayer
beingrighthanded.RighthandedlayandlefthandedlayshallbeasdefinedinthelatesteditionofIEC
61089.Thewiresineachlayershallbeevenlyandcloselystranded.Inconductorshavingmultiplelayers
of aluminium wires, the lay ratio of each aluminium layer shall not be larger than the lay ratio of the
aluminiumlayerdirectlybelowit.Steelwiresshallbeformedduringstrandingsothattheyremaininert
when the conductor is cut. The finished conductor shall be free from dirt, grit, excessive amounts of
drawingoilandotherforeigndeposits.
8.1.6
Tolerances
Thenominaldiameterofwiresshallbeexpressedinmillimetrestotwodecimaldigits.Inwiresusedin
ACSR, the measurement of wire diameter shall not depart from the nominal diameter by more than
+0.03mmforwiresuptoandincluding3.00mmdiameter.Forwiresabovethatsize,measurementsof
wirediametershallnotdepartfromthenominaldiameterbymorethan+1%.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Forthepurposeofcheckingcompliancewiththeaboverequirement,thediametershallbedetermined
by two measurements at right angles taken at the same cross section. Resistance measurements of
resistanceshallbecarriedouttoanaccuracyofnotlessthan0.1%.
8.1.7
Conductorgrease
The inner layers of all bare aluminium conductors shall be smeared with an approved anti corrosive
greasehavingahighmeltingpoint.Thegreaseshallcompletelyfilltheintersticesbetweenthesteelcore
andthealuminiumstrandsandbetweenallstrands.Thereshallbenoexcessgreaseremainingonthe
outersurfacewhichmightcauseadherenceofgritandothermaterialduringconductorpullingoutand
erection.Theminimumdroppoint(IP31)ofthegreaseshallbe110C,anditshallnotmigratetowards
thebottomoftheconductorwhentheconductorismaintained,continuously,atatemperatureof95C.
Thespecifiedcharacteristicsofthegreaseshallbeunimpairedafterheatingto15Caboveitsdroppoint
for150hours.Thegreaseshallnotflowwithin,norexudefromtheconductor,attemperaturesupto
andincluding110C.Allgreasesshallpermitoperationoftheconductorsatatemperatureof80C.The
greaseshallcomplywiththestandardIEC/TS61394.
8.1.8
Deliverylengths
Bareconductorsshallbedeliveredondrumswithconductorlengthsof1,000morlonger.Theselengths
shallbesubjecttoapermittedtoleranceof+5%.
It shall be permissible to supply not more than 5% of the drums with random lengths, none of which
shallbeshorterthanone halfofthestandardlength.Allsuchlengthsshall beclearlymarkedasnon
standard.Notmorethanonelengthofconductormaybecontainedinanydeliverydrum.Inthecaseof
conductorsdeliveredincoils,randomornonstandardlengthsshallnotbepermitted.
8.1.9
Tests
TestmethodsforACSRconductorsortheircomponentwiresshallbeinaccordancewithIEC60888,IEC
60889,IEC61089,IEC60468andIEC61395ifnotypetestcertificatesareprovided.
Nov.2013
31
Volume8
8.2 Powercables
8.2.1
General
AllcablesshallbeXLPEtype.0.4kVXLPEpowercablesinfulllength(withoutintermediatejoints)shall
be required to interconnect all LV parts at the substations. Continuous current carrying capacity for
thesecablesshallbetakenas400Amperewithafaultlevelof18kAfor1second.Theinsulationlevelof
allthesecablesshallbemaximum1.0kVgrade.
8.2.2
Designrequirements
All cables shall be designed to cope with short circuit conditions and voltage drop. Fusing capacity of
powercablesmaybetakenforfaultdurationof200ms.Maximumshortcircuitcurrentfor400Vpower
circuitsshallbe18kA.
Thecablesshallbecapableofsatisfactoryoperationunderapowersupplysystemvoltagevariationof
10% and frequency variation of 5% and a combined frequency voltage variation of 10% (absolute
sum). The cables shall have heat and moisture resistant properties. These shall be of type and design
withprovenrecordofpowerdistributioninstallation.
The cables shall be maximum 1,000 volts grade, heavy duty multicore, stranded aluminium / copper
conductor,colourcoded,laidup,armouredinnersheathed,conformingtoIEC.
8.2.3
Conductor
Theconductorshallbemadefromstrandedannealedaluminiumtoformcompactconductorhavinga
resistancewithinthelimitsspecifiedinrelevantIEC.
8.2.4
Conductorshield
Theconductorhavingasemiconductingscreenshallensureperfectlysmoothprofileandavoidstress
concentration. The conductor screen shall be extruded in the same operation as the insulation. The
semiconductingpolymershallbecrosslinked.
8.2.5
Insulation
The insulation of the cables shall be extruded type and shall be designed and manufactured for the
specifiedsystemvoltage.Themanufacturingprocessshallensurethatinsulationisfreefromvoids.
The insulation shall withstand mechanical and thermal stresses under steady state and transient
operating conditions. The extrusion method should give very smooth interface between semi
conductingscreenandinsulation.Theinsulationofthecableshallbeofhighstandardquality.
8.2.6
Insulationshield
Inordertoconfineelectricalfieldtotheinsulationanonmagneticsemiconductingshieldshallbeput
over the insulation. The insulation shield shall be extruded in the same operation as the conductor
shield and the insulation by triple extrusion process. The cable insulation shall be strippable. Metallic
screeningasgiveninthisspecificationforthevariouscontrolandpowercablesandspecialcablesshall
beprovided.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.2.7
Sheath
The sheath shall be suitable to withstand the site conditions and specified temperature conditions. It
shallbeofadequatethicknessandappliedbyacontinuousprocesstoproduceasheathofconsistent
qualityfreefromanydefects.Thesheathshallbeextruded.
8.2.8
Armour
Harddrawnaluminiumwirearmouring/singlegalvanizedsteeltape/wirearmouringshallbeused.The
diameterofthealuminiumwireshallbeasperthetableforthedimensionsofthegalvanizedsteelwire
armourgivenintherelevantstandard.
8.2.9
Serviceandoutersheath
The cable shall have suitable fillers laid up with the conductors, before the sheath is applied and the
fillersshallbeofsubstantiallycircularcrosssection.Fillersshallbesuitableforoperatingtemperatureof
theinsulationandcompatiblewiththeinsulation.
8.2.10
Colourschemeandidentification
Tofacilitateeasyidentificationofphasesacolourschemeofred,yellow,andblueforphasesandblack
forneutralshallbeadoptedforpowercables.
Allthecablesshallcarrymanufacturerdatainapermanent,legiblemanneratanintervalofatleast3
meterrun.Themanufacturersdatashallincludethename;cablesize,voltageratingtogetherwithany
otherinformation.
8.2.11
Cablelugs
Cable lugs shall be supplied as per cable schedule and these shall be made of copper tube electro
tinned.Longneckcrimpinglugsshallbeusedforcablesofsize400mmandabove.Nobimetallicaction
shalltakeplacebetweenthealuminiumconductorofthecableandthecableconnectinglugbyfilling
thelugswithsuitablecompound.ThelugsshallbeofstandardqualityconformingtorelevantIEC.
8.2.12
Cableglands
Thecableglandsshallbeofdoublecompressiontypeandshallbemadeofbrassdulyelectrotinnedin
order to avoid corrosion and oxidation of the surface. The nipple threads shall be in accordance with
IEC.Glandsshallprovideneat,tight,dustandverminprooftermination.
Glandsshallbeprovidedwithrubberringtoholdthecablesfirmlywhenchecknutisslightlytightened.
Glandshallbecompletewithsuitablewashersetc.
8.2.13
Cablejunctionboxes
Junction boxes shall be constructed of sheet steel of thickness not less than 2mm. The door shall be
adequately strengthened to ensure rigidity and strength. Sheet steel and sections used in enclosures
shallbecutneatlyandfinishedfreefromburrs.Amplewiringspaceshallbeprovidedatthesides,and
backoftheenclosureforincomingandoutgoingcircuits.Removableplateswithgasketsshallbefitted
atthetopandbottomoftheboxtoprovidetheentryforconduitorcable.Thedoorshallbesuitably
gasketedandfittedwithalocktypehandle.Thedoorshallbehungonhingeshavingbrassbodiesand
stainlesssteelpins.
Nov.2013
33
Volume8
Each cable junction box shall be provided with terminals of adequate rating on the terminal strip of
suitablethickness.Disconnecting(sliding)typeterminalblocksshallbeprovided,tofacilitatetesting&
maintenancewithoutdisconnectingthecables.
Multiblockterminalboardof15Ampere,500Vratingshallbeprovidedtoformassemblyofnumberof
terminalblock.Assemblymaybesecuredwithonlytwoscrewsonthesurface.Thereshallbeprovision
onthestripstoaddmoreterminalsincaseoffurtherrequirement.
8.2.14
Packing
All cables shall be supplied on nonreturnable wooden drums with adequate barrel diameter so as to
avoid any damage to the cables and to withstand rough handling during transportation and storage.
Preferablynotmorethanonelengthshallbewoundononedrum.
Alayerofwaterproofpapershallbeappliedtothesurfaceofthedrumsandovertheoutercablelayer.
Acircularspaceofatleast40mmshallbeleftbetweenthecableandthelagging.Eachdrumshallcarry
thenameofthemanufacturer,thenameoftheProject,ordernumber,itemnumber,type,sizelength
ofcable,netandgrossweightdulystenciledthereon.
8.2.15
Tests
Certificatesforfollowingtestsshallbeprovided.
a) Annealingtest(forCu)
b) Tensiletest(forAl)
c) Wrappingtest(forAl)
d) Conductorresistancetest
e) Testforthicknessofinsulationandsheath
f)
Tensilestrengthandelongationatbreakofinsulationandsheath
g) Insulationresistancetest
h) Highvoltagetestatroomtemperature.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.3 Staywire
8.3.1
Design
Thestaywirecoveredbythisspecificationisrequiredforuseonstaysandflyingstaysfrompoles.
Thestaywiremustbedesignedandmanufacturedinsuchawaythatitwillsatisfactorilywithstandthe
thermal, mechanical and environmental stress to which it will be subjected during installation and
throughoutitslifetimeinservice.Itsminimumbreakingloadshallbenotlessthan36kN.
8.3.2
Manufacture
The staywire in this specification shall be drawn from steel which shall conform to IEC 60888.
GalvanisingshallcomplywithDIN50976orASTMA385.
Eachwireshallbeapproximatelycircularinsectionandshallcontainnoweld,jointorsplicewhatever.It
shallbefreefromanyscale,inequalities,spills,splitsoranyotherdefects.Thewireshallbegalvanised
inaccordancewithDIN1548orASTMA385andtestedtoDIN50952orequivalent.
Eachwireshallbecompletelyandsmoothlygalvanisedbeforestranding.Thestrandingshallbecarried
outinsuchawaythatifanevenlydistributedpullisappliedattheendsofthecompletedstrand,each
wireshalltakeanequalshareofthepull.
Thelayofthewiresshallberighthanded.Thelengthoflay,whichshallbedefinedastheaxiallengthof
onecompleteturnofthehelix,shallbeinaccordancewiththetechnicaldataschedule.
8.3.3
Staywirecoils
Normally,thestaywireshallbesmoothlyanduniformlycoiledinstandard100mcoilswithatolerance
of5%.Itshallbepermissibletosupplynotmorethan5%ofthetotallengthinrandomlengths,noneof
whichshallbeshorterthanonehalfofthenominallength.Theselengthsshallbeclearlymarkedasnon
standard.
The coils shall have a minimum diameter of 520mm. To prevent damage during transportation,
handlingorstorage,thecoilsshallbelaggedwithpaperandhessianorwithhessianlaminatedpaper,or
inotheralternativemannersuggestedbythesupplieratthetimeofbiddinganddemonstrablysafe.
8.3.4
Labelling
Eachcoilshallbeclearlylabelledwithametalliclabelmarkedwiththefollowinginformation:
Manufacturer'sname;
Sizeofwire;
Lengthofwireinmetres;and
Weightofwireinkilograms.
8.3.5
Tests
Table83showsthemeasurementsandteststhatshallbecarriedoutonthestaywire,incasenotype
certificatebyarecognizedinstitutionisprovidedbytheSupplier:
Nov.2013
35
Volume8
Table83:Measurementsandtestsforstaywire
Description
RequiredValue
SizeofStaywire:
7/16SWG
Diameterofsinglewirebeforestranding
Nominal
4.0mm
Maximum
4.1mm
Minimum
3.9mm
Minimumweightofzinccoatingbeforestranding
254g/m
Nominaloveralldiameterofstrandedstaywire
9.45mm
Maximumtensilestrengthofindividualwires
850N/mm
ultimatetensilestrengthofindividualwires
700N/mm
Minimumpercentelongationqatrupture
before
5%
after
4.25%
stranding
Breakload
36.26kN
Wrappingtestforductility:Turnsonandonebeing
8.4 Overheadconductorfittings
8.4.1
General
requirementsofinsulatorfittingsandhardwareandofconductorspliceandterminationconnectorsas
requiredbythe11kVsystem.
The dimensions and characteristics given in this specification are intended to describe typical
distribution overhead line fittings and hardware which will maintain the general look of the existing
network and will take advantage of the availability of tools and the familiarity of the staff with these
kindsofarrangements.
Itwillbethesuppliersresponsibilitytoensurethatallfittings,hardwareandaccessoriesarecapableof
supportingthemechanicalandelectricalloadsimposedonthembyclimaticconditionsandconductor
tensionsunderworstdesignconditions.
The preformed fittings shall be compatible with ASCR conductors. The supplier shall ensure that all
preformed fittings are compatible for installation with the insulators and thimbles as required for
correctconstruction.
Preformed fittings shall be of correct size for the conductor to which it is to be fitted and shall be of
adequatestrengthforthepurposeforwhichitisintended.Thepreformedfittingsshallnotslipwhilst
service.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.4.2
8.4.2.1
Preformedfittings
ConnectorforMVoverheadconductors
ConductorconnectorsarerequiredforAluminiumtoAluminiumnontensionandtensionjoints,andfor
connectingAluminiumconductortoterminalsofoutdoorandindoorelectricalequipment.Aluminium
connectorsshallbesuitableforACSRconductors.Theseshallbecompletewithallspecialtoolsrequired,
protectivegrease,tapesboltsandwashersappropriatetotheapplicationforwhichtheyareused.
All connectors shall be supplied prefilled with high quality oxide inhibiting compound and shall be
protectivelycappedtopreventspillageorspoilageofthiscompound.Allconnectorsshallbeclearlyand
permanentlymarkedwiththecorrectsizeandcategory.
Inadditionallconnectorsshallcomplywiththefollowing:
Thecurrentmustbeuniformlydistributedamongthestrandsoftheconductor
Theconnectormusthaveatleastthesameconductanceastheconductorandcontinuouslycarrythe
fullcurrentratingoftheconductorsizetheyaredesignedfor
Theoriginalqualityofcontactsshallbemaintainedthroughouttheconnectorsservicelife.
Glowdischargesandradiointerferencesmustbereducedtoaminimum.
All compression connectors shall be suitable for installation using either manual or hydraulic
compression tolls. Details of dies and tools required for the compression connectors offered shall be
submittedwiththetenderdocuments.
OxideinhibitinggreaseshallbesuitableforAluminiumtoAluminiumandtoCopperboltedjointsandas
fillingcompoundforAluminiumfittingswhichacceptcopperconductors.
Thecompoundshallbefreeofzincparticlesorgrit,shallbehighdroppointgreasebasedandshall
remainstableathightemperatures.
8.4.2.2
Fulltensionmidspanjoints
Full Tension MidSpan Joint shall be of compression inline sleeve type suitable for connection of
strandedASCRconductors.
8.4.2.3
Generalnontensionconnectors
NonTension Connectors shall be of compression type with extrusion section of the H type for
connectionofASCRstrandedconductors.
8.4.3
Terminallugs
Terminal Lugs shall be heavily tinned plated aluminum and of the compression type prefilled with
compoundsuitableforconnectionofconductorontocopperterminalsusing12mmdiameterbolts.
8.4.4
Stainlesssteelstrapandequipment
Stainlesssteelstrapisrequiredtoattachitemsofoverheadlinehardwaretopolesandcrossarms.Itwill
alsobeusedforattachingcablesandconduittopoles.Thestrapshallbemadeofstainlesssteelwitha
dimension of 10 x 0.7mm minimum and be supplied in rolls of 50m length. The stainless steel strap
shallhavefoursmoothededgestominimizethepossibilityofcutting.
Nov.2013
37
Volume8
8.5 Insulators
requirements of pin insulators, suspension insulators, disc insulators, bobby insulators, and stay
insulators required. It is the suppliers responsibility to ensure that the mechanical strength of the
proposedinsulatorsissufficienttosupporttheloadsgenerated,asperlinedesign,bywindactingonthe
insulatorsandbyconductortensionformaximumwindspanandbaddesignconditions,forallinsulator
dutiesandforallpermittedline deviations.Theaveragespanis calculatedatbeing80m onMV. The
11kVconductorcrosssectionshallbe120mm.
Allinsulatorsshallbedeliveredwithallnecessaryassemblies,mountingandfixingmaterialasclamps,
bolts, nuts, washers, spring rings, brackets, etc. in sufficient quantity, in qualities as required by the
respectivestandardsandofsuitabledimensions.Allcostsareincludedintherespectiveunitcosts.
Allinsulatorsshallbeclearlymarkedwiththenameortrademarkofthemanufacturerandtheyearof
manufacture.Inaddition,eachunitshallbemarkedwiththespecifiedmechanicalorelectromechanical
failingload. Thesemarkingsshallbelegibleandindelible. The markingsmay beprintedorimpressed,
provided such impressions do not impair the performance of the insulator. Markings shall be applied
beforefiring.TheinsulatorsshallmeettheperformancecharacteristicsascompiledinTable84.
InPakistanpreferablyporcelainbrownglazedinsulatorsareused,butothertypeofinsulators,witha
proventrackrecordmayalsobealternativelyused.
8.5.1
Pininsulators
8.5.1.1
Performancecharacteristics
Pin insulators are used along the high and low voltage transmission and distribution lines. They are
mountedatmetalcrossarmsandatthetopofthepoles.
Table84:PerformancecharacteristicsPINinsulator
Maximumsystemvoltage
12kV
Nominalsystemvoltage
11kV
Minimumcreepagedistance
350mm
Powerfrequency50Hwithstandvoltage
wet
30kV
dry
55kV
Powerfrequency50Hzflashovervoltage
wet
30kV
dry
55kV
Impulsewithstandvoltage
positive
90kVp
negative
110kVp
8.5.1.2
Designandconstruction
The relevant vertical dimensions shall be such that when combined with the pin insulator spindle the
designrequirementsattherelevantvoltagelevelforconductorclearancefromthecrossarmshallbe
met.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Thedesignshallbesuchthatstressesduetoexpansionandcontractioninanypartoftheinsulatorshall
not lead to deterioration. Precautions shall be taken to avoid chemical reaction between cement and
metalfittingsbythechoiceofsuitablematerialsorbythemanufacturingmethod.Singlepieceinsulator
constructionispreferred.
Theinsulatingmaterialshallnotengagedirectlywithhardmetal.Pininsulatorsshallbeprovidedwitha
thimbleofsuitablematerial.Cementusedintheconstructionoftheinsulatorshallnotcausefractureby
expansion or loosening by contraction and proper care shall be taken to locate the individual parts
correctlyduringcementing.Theinsulatorsshallhaveacentretapgroove.
The insulator spindle shall have the whole length of the stalk threaded to facilitate using the pin
insulatorsondifferentlineconfigurations.
Ferrousparts,unlessofstainlesssteel,shallbehotdipgalvanisedinaccordancewithEN1461orASTM
A123andASTMA385,withtheexceptionofcotterpinswhichshallbegalvanisedusingthemethodsof
ASTMA385,butwithacoatingmassof500g/m.
8.5.2
Stayinsulators
Stay or guy strain insulators are used at anchoring systems for poles when load conditions exceeds
specifiedsafetyload
12kV
11kV
350mm
wet
30kV
dry
55kV
wet
30kV
dry
55kV
positive
90kVp
negative
110kVp
8.5.2.1
Dimensions
The Supplier shall guarantee that the dimensions and tolerances of the insulators applied are in
accordancewiththedrawingandalloweasyconnectionofstaywires.Theinsulatorsshallbeusedwith
7/16SWGsteelstaywire.Theinsulatorsshallbesuitableforusewithpreformedfittings onthestay
wire, have a minimum hole diameter of 22mm and be such that a straight staywire can be passed
throughit.
8.5.3
Suspensioninsulators
Suspensionorstringinsulatorsareusedatpoleswherelinedirectionchangestoacertaindegreeorin
regulardistancestobalanceweights.Thestringinsulatorsconsistof2diskshapedinsulatorswhichare
Nov.2013
39
Volume8
attachedtoeachotherbymetalclevispinorballandsocketlinks.Diameterofdisksunitsis257mmand
standardlengthis146mm.
Table86:Performancecharacteristicssuspensioninsulator
12kV
11kV
350mm
Powerfrequency50withstandvoltage
wet
30kV
dry
55kV
wet
30kV
dry
55kV
positive
90kVp
negative
110kVp
8.5.4
Postinsulators
Postinsulatorsshallbeusedalongthepolesandforsubstations.
12kV
11kV
350mm
Powerfrequency50withstandvoltage
wet
30kV
dry
55kV
wet
30kV
dry
55kV
positive
90kVp
negative
110kVp
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.5.5
8.5.5.1
Insulatortests
General
TheSuppliershallprovidetestcertificatesbyarecognizedinstitutionthatconfirmthat:
theinsulatorsconformwiththisspecificationandthattherequiredtypetestshavebeencarriedout;
sampleshavewithstoodthespecifiedsampletests.Respectivereportsshallincludecompletedetails
of all the tests listed below. Numerical values shall be given for each individual test result in all
appropriatecases;and
eachinsulatorofanyconsignmenthaswithstoodtheroutinetestsspecified.
8.5.5.2
Typetests
Typetestsareintendedtoverifythemainelectricalcharacteristicsofaninsulatorwhichdependchiefly
onitsshapeandsize.Thesetestsarenormallymadeonlyonce.Theyshallberepeatedonlywhenthe
designorthematerialoftheinsulatorischanged.Thetypetestsrequiredare:
dry,lightningimpulsewithstandvoltagetest;
criticalimpulseflashovertest;
wet,powerfrequencyvoltagetest:
Flashoveronanyoftheinsulatorsunderthespecifiedwithstandtestconditionswillresultinrejectionof
theinsulatordesign;
thermalmechanicalperformance:themanufactureshallstatetheresultofthethermalmechanical
performance test, carried out in accordance with the requirements of IEC/TR 60575, on a
representativesampleoftheinsulatorsproposed.ThevalueofQsshallbenotlessthanthevalueof
theacceptanceconstantK,asspecifiedinappendixA6ofIEC/TR60575;
radio interference: the manufacturer shall state the result of the radio interference voltage test
carried out in accordance with IEC 60437 at a voltage of 11kV, 50Hz. The maximum radio
interferencevoltagemeasuredat1MHzwillbe100mVand50mVrespectively;and
powerarctest.
Whererelevant,thesetestsshallbecarriedoutinaccordancewithIEC60383.
8.5.5.3
Sampletests
Thesetestsaremadeforthepurposeofverifyingthecharacteristicsofaninsulatorandthequalityof
the materials used. They are carried out on insulators taken at random from batches offered for
acceptance.
ThetestsshallbeconductedaccordingtothesamplingprocedureofIEC60383,clause23.Theminimum
quantityforsampletestsshallbe5units.Failureofoneinsulatorshallwarrantretestingaccordingto
clause 33 of IEC 60383. Failure of two or more insulators on retest shall result in the rejection of the
batch.
8.5.5.4
Routinetests
Thesetestsaremadeforthepurposeofeliminatinginsulatorswithmanufacturingdefects.Theyshallbe
madeoneveryinsulatorofferedforacceptance.Thefollowingtestsshallbecarriedout:
Visualexamination;
Mechanical test: the tensile load in the mechanical routine test shall be 50% of the specified
electromechanicalormechanicalfailingload,ratherthan40%asrequiredbyclause36ofIEC60383;
Nov.2013
41
Volume8
Electricaltest.
8.6 LVoutdoordistributionpanelsforstepdowntransformers
8.6.1
General
The LV cabinets are designed to provide branch circuit feeders for power distribution from the
distributiontransformers.TheLVcabinetsshallbesuppliedwithmainMCBontheincoming,andonthe
outgoingfeeder.Thelowvoltagecabledistributioncabinet(switchboard)shallbedesignedforoutdoor
installationatthesubstations.
Thehousingshallbemadeofgalvanizedsteelwithtwolockablehingeddoorsforpolemounting.Rated
voltage is 0.6/1,0kV. They should be prewired with three phase main copper bus bar, one neutral
copperbusbarandoneearthbusonreadyforservicebasis.Themeterboxesshallbasicallycomplywith
thefollowingstandards:
IEC600068 Environmentaltestinggeneralandguidance
IEC60529 Degreeofprotectionprovidedbyenclosures(IPCode)
IEC609472LVswitchgearandcontrolgear.
8.6.2
Scopeofsupply
TheequipmenttobeinstalledineachLVcabinetshallincludethefollowing:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
Oneincomingmouldedcasecircuitbreaker(MCCB)withelectronicovercurrentandshortcircuit
protectiondevice(fromdistributiontransformer)
Threecurrenttransformers
Threeamperemeters
Oneelectronic3phaseenergymeter
Onevoltmeter0500Volt
Oneselectorswitch
Threemaincopperbusbars
Oneneutralcopperbusbar
Oneearthbar
OutgoingMCBswithelectronicovercurrentandshortcircuitprotectiondevice.Numberandsizes
areinaccordancewiththetransformercapacity,thenumberoffeder,andthefeederload
Onereceptacle230Volt,16A,withearthingcontact
Cabinetilluminationwithdoorcontactoperatedonoffswitch
Mountingandinstallationmaterial(bolts,nuts,cableshoes,earthingmaterialforconnectionto
thestationearthingsystem,etc.)
200%sparefusesshallbesuppliedwitheachLVcabinet.
8.6.3
Enclosure
The enclosure shall a metal panel, rigid, selfsupporting structure, with suitable structural steel
reinforcement,stiffeningandbracing.Whenthestructuresareassembled,thesurfacesshallbeflatand
smoothandshallhaveamplestrengthtowithstandallstressesencounteredinshipping,installationand
operation without distortion, vibration or other damage. The structures shall be complete with
removableliftinglugsasrequired.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Doorsshallopen100outwardsandshallhavealatchingdevicetolockthedoorinopenpositionduring
maintenanceoroperationonthepanel.Alldoorsshallusethesamelockandkeycombinationforthe
complete supply. Doors shall be rigid and fitted with close fitting flexible seals to prevent ingress of
liquids,moisture,dustandvermin.Eachdoorshallbeequippedwithalevertypehandleandthreepoint
latchessufficientlystrongtoholditinalignmentwhenclosed.Hingesshallbeoftheliftoffpatternwith
onepinengagingbeforetheotherforeaseoffitting.
Provisionshallbemadeforbottomentryofcables.Removableglandplatesofanapprovedtypenon
flammable insulating verminproof material shall be provided. All cables shall enter vertically from
belowandattheirpointofentrythecabinetshallbesealed.
Thepanelfaceshallbeatleast3mmcoldrolledsteelsheetselectedforflatnessandfreefromsurface
defects.The panelfrontshallbeallweldedandgroundsmooth.Aftersteelfabricationthepanelface
shallbeflatwithamaximumdeviationof1mmoverthetotalsurface.
Alampshallbefittedinsideeachcabinetandshallbesoarrangedthatallwiringisilluminatedevenly
without dazzle. The lamp shall be controlled by a door switch. One receptacle 230 V, 16 A shall be
provided.
LV Cabinets shall have two compartments: one for the incoming supply with the main MCCB, the
measurementinstrumentsandtheenergymeterandthesecondcompartmentfortheoutgoingsMCCB.
ThedegreeofprotectionshallbeIP51acc.toIEC60529.
MainCopperbusbarshallbedesignedforacontinuousoperationatratedcurrentandforashortcircuit
currentof10kA.
8.6.4
Interior
Earth and neutral bars shall be provided and fitted. The bars will be made of brass. Each neutral
connectionshallbeidentified.
Thebusbarshallbeconstructedfromcopperconductorinsulatedasindicatedinthetablebelow.The
busbarshallbefullyinsulatedandcolourcoded.Crimplugsshallbesuppliedfortheneutraladearth
busbar.ThecrimplugshallbesuppliedinaplasticbagtapedtotheinteriorofeachLVcabinet.
Table88:Correlationofmax.currentandsizeofbusbar
IncomingCurrent
MinimumSizeofBusbar
(A)
(mm)
200400
5x30
600
12x70
800
15x70
1,000
25x80
Source:Owncompilation
8.6.5
8.6.5.1
Equipment
Moldedcasecircuitbreakers(MCCB)
Circuitbreakersmustbeabletomake,carryandbreakcurrentsundernormaloperatingconditionsand,
be able to make the current, withstand it and to interrupt it after a defined length of time under
abnormalshortcircuitconditions.
Nov.2013
43
Volume8
The tripping current shall be designed according to the nominal current and the calculated minimum
shortcircuitcurrent.
MCCB shall be fitted with an electronic tripping unit for overcurrent and short circuit protection. This
unitshallprovideanadjustablethresholdforoverload,shortcircuitandinstantaneousshortcircuitwith
differentoperatingtimes.
Thecircuitbreakersshallbeusedforroutineswitchingoperationsandtoprotectapparatusandsections
ofthedistributionsystemfromdamagesoftheshortcircuitcurrents.
Circuitbreakersshallbedesignedforpanelboardmountingandshallbeprovidedwithsuitableclamp
typeconnectors.Theinterruptingcapacityofthebreakersshallbeminimum10kA.
Multipolebreakersshallhaveasingleoperatinghandlewhichshalloperateallpolessimultaneouslyto
closeortripthebreaker.Theoperatinghandlesshallclearlyindicatewhetherthebreakersarein"ON"
or"OFF"orTRIPPED"position.
TheMCCBshallcomplywithIEC9472andDINVDE0660part101.
8.6.5.2
Currenttransformers
The current transformers shall be commensurate to a rated bus bar current as mentioned above and
shall have a tapped secondary winding to provide two different ratios, e.g. 300:5. Secondary currents
shallbe5A.ItshallcomplywithIEC600441lasteditionorDINVDE0414.AccuracyclassshallbeIEC0.5
M5.Ratedoutputshallbeatleast15VA.Currenttransformersshallbewindow(slipover)typeandshall
beadequateforverticalmounting.
8.6.5.3
ThreepoleLVfuseswitch
ThreepoleLVfuseswitchesarerequiredtofuseandswitchthelowvoltageonthreephasedistribution
transformers.ThefuseswitchesaremountedintheLVcabinets.Theequipmentsuppliedshallconform
to the latest edition of the appropriate IEC Specifications and/or other recognised international
standardsasIEC60269,IEC60529andIEC60947.Theswitchfusesshallbeganged.Thefuseswitchshall
haveboltedtunnelterminalswhichcanaccept95mmto240mmcopperoraluminumconductor.
8.6.5.4
Electricalandmechanicalrequirements
ThefuseswitchshallhavethefollowingratingsincompliancewithIEC609473:
Minimumratedoperationalvoltage:
Minimumratedinsulationvoltage:
Ratedfrequency:
Minimumoperationalcurrent:
o withconnectinglinks:
o withfuselinks:
Minimumratedconditionalshortcircuitcurrentwith:
190V
1,000V
5060Hz
250A,
160A
50kA
Fuselinks
Infrequentoperationwithcurrent:
Infrequentoperationwithoutcurrent:
Minimumdegreeofprotectionfromfront:
Ratedmakingandbreakingcapacity:
200minimum
1,400minimum
IP41toIEC60529
AC20B.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Marking
Thefuseswitchshall be clearlymarkedwiththenameofthe manufacturer ortrademarkandyearof
manufacture.
HRCFuselinks
HRCfuselinksinDIN00formatarerequiredforthethreepoleLVfuseswitches.Thefuselinksshallbe
suppliedintworatings:In=100AandIn=160A.
8.6.5.5
Testing
TheSuppliershallperformtype(typetestsarerequiredonlyifnocertificatesofarecognizedinstitution
areprovided),sampleandroutinetestsasprescribedinIEC60947.
8.7 Distributionsubstations
Usually2poledistributiontransformerstructuresareusedforcapacitiesupto500kVA.Inexceptional
casestransformermaybeplacedonmasonrysupports.Inthiscasetheminimumheightshouldbe2m
with a protection fence. Pole type transformers are mounted directly on steel supports and shall
comprise:
Requiredpoles
Supportingstructure
Transformer
CombinedMVdisconnectoranddropoutfuses
MVsurgearresters
MVearthing
LVearthingonadjacentpoles
LVcontrolcabinet.
Thecombineddisconnectoranddropoutfuseunitshallbecrossarmmountedabovethetransformers
andpositionedsothatthefusescanbesafelyoperatedbypullingstickfromaladderorplatformplaced
ontheLVsideofthetransformer.
Thesurgearrestershallbemountedadjacenttothedropoutfusesandconnectedontheupsteamside
ofthefuses.ThesurgearrestersshallbedirectlyearthingtothesubstationMVgrid.
ThedropleadfromtheMVline,theconnectiontothesurgearrestersandalsothedropleadtotheMV
bushings shall be single core 35mm Al XLPE covered. An insulated boot shall be provided over the
exposedmetalpartsoftheMVbushingtoprotectagainstinterruptionsfrombird,snakes,windblown
debrisetc.
AnLVcabinetshallbefixedtothestructureataheightthatdoesnotobstructpedestrianorothertraffic
butisstillreasonablyaccessibleforoperationalpurposes.TwinsinglecorecopperXLPELVcablesasin
thetablebelowshallbeusedfromthetransformerbushingstotheLVcabinet.Theneutralshallbefull
size. Where these cables are less than 2.5m above ground suitable mechanical protection shall be
provided.
Nov.2013
45
Volume8
Table89:Cablesizing
Transformer
capacity(kVA)
Noandsizeof
cables(mm)
500
3x300
400
3x150
315
2x150
200250
1x150
160
1x120
100
1x70
50
1x50
WhereundergroundLVcableisinstalledfortheoutgoingLVcircuitsthecableshallberoutedfromthe
LVcabinetandprovidedwithsuitablemechanicalprotection.
All cable fixed to the poles shall be neatly secured by stainless steel banding at intervals of not more
than750mm.
8.7.1
Structuresteelfordistributionnetworksandsubstations
Structure steel crossmembers are required for the two pole distribution transformer substation to
supportthelighteningarresters(alsocalledsurgearresters)thecombineddisconnector/dropoutfuses
(alsocalledfusecutouts)andthedistributiontransformers.Thecrossmembersshallbedesignedto
adequatelysupportthestaticloadoftheequipmentplustheloadofmaintenancepersonnel.
Suitableclassesofsteelforthecrossmembersarelowtensilesteel(yieldpoint220260N/mm)anda
hightensilesteel(yieldpoint300350N/mm).SteelshallcomplywiththerequirementsofASTMA143.
Allcomponents/subitemsrequiredtocompletethedistributiontransformersubstationassemblies
shallbeincluded.
8.7.2
8.7.2.1
Crossarms
Applicablestandards
The crossarm assemblies supplied shall be in accordance with the latest editions of the Standards
specifiedbelow,orequivalentStandards.
BSEN101132(1999#0)
B.S.4360(1990
B.S.4848PartsIV&V
B.S.464(1998)
BSENISO1461(1999)
8.7.2.2
Weldablefinegrainstructuralsteel.
Weldablestructuralsteel
Hotrolledstructuralsteelsections
Thimblesforwireropes.
Hotdippedgalvanizedcoatingonsteel.
Basicfeatures
The crossarm assembly shall consist of three parts: (a) steel angle crossarm; (b) flatsteelbracing
and(c)steelchannelfortransformerpolemounting.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.7.2.3
Gradeandqualityofsteel
Thegradeofsteelusedforthefabricationofcrossarmassembliesshallbe43DDasperBS4360or355N
as per BSEN10113. The dimensional tolerance of flat steel and angle steel shall be as stipulated in
BS4360/BSEN10113andBS4848Part4respectively.Theminimumthicknessoftheanglesteelshallbe
7mm and for channel steel shall be 7mm. The chemical composition of the steel used shall be as
stipulatedinBS4360/BSEN10113(Table14andTable1respectively).
Thesteelusedforthefabricationofcrossarmassembliesshallbesoundandfreefromanyinternaland
externaldefectsorsurfaceflaws,whichmightprecludeitsfitnessforpurpose.
8.7.2.4
Mechanicalproperties
The mechanical properties of steel including the minimum Tensile Strength, Yield Strength and
Elongationshallbe asstipulatedinBS 4360/BSEN 10113(Table15 andTable3respectively).
8.7.2.5
Fabrication
Crossarm assemblies shall be fabricated from the following types of steel sections manufacturedin
accordancewithBS4360:1990/BSEN10113structuralsteel.
a) Anglesteelsection70mmx70mmx7mm(forcrossarm)
b) ChannelSteelsectionof120mmx55mmx7mm(forsubstations,polemounted)
c) FlatSteelsectionof40mmx8mm(forbracing).
The channel steel, flat steel and angle steel sections shall be first cleaned and made rust free by
shot/gritblasting,thennecessaryholespunched,cuttorequiredsizes,thenwelding,bending,forging
andidentificationmarkingshallbecarriedout.Allcomponentsofthecrossarmassembliesshallbehot
dippedgalvanized.
Positionandsizeofholesonthecrossarms,bracingsandchannelsteelshallbepreciselyinaccordance
withtherequirements.
8.7.2.6
Components
a) ThecomponentscomprisingaPinCrossarmareasfollows:
o
o
AngleSteelCrossarm70mmx70mmx7mm1No.
FlatSteelBracing(40mmx8mm)2Nos.
b) ThecomponentscomprisingaTensionCrossarmareasfollows:
o
o
AngleSteelCrossarm70mmx70mmx7mm2Nos.
FlatSteelBracing(40mmx8mm)4Nos.
c) Bolts,NutsandWashersnecessaryforthePinandTensionCrossarm assembliesarenotrequired
tobesupplied.
8.7.2.7
Routinetests
The following routine tests shall be carried out on all the crossarm assemblies manufactured.
a) Visualinspection
b) Dimensionalcheck
c)
Galvanizing.
Nov.2013
47
Volume8
8.7.3
Polefittings
Thefollowingpolefittingforoverheadlinesshallbeprovided:
Singlecrossarms,completewithtwocrossarmbracesandallnecessarynuts,boltsandwashersfor
attachmenttothepole
Double crossarms, complete with two crossarm braces, spacers, and all necessary nuts, bolts and
washersforattachmenttothepole
Distribution transformers pole mounting steelwork, complete with all necessary nuts, bolts and
washersforattachmenttothepole
Linepostinsulatorattachmentfittings.
The fitting shall not compromise the strength of the pole and if required spacers shall be installed to
avoidcompressionofthepole.
Polefittingsshallbemanufacturedfromthematerialsspecified.Theyaretobesuppliedcompletewith
allnecessarynuts,boltsandwasherstoattachtherespectiveequipmenttothepole.
Line post insulator fittings are to enable line post insulators to be mounted at an angle of 15 degree
fromhorizontal.Thefittingshallbedesignedtosupporta4kNverticalloadand3kNhorizontalload.
8.7.4
Nutsandbolts
NutsandboltsshallconformtoISOrecommendation,formetricthreadsandspringwasherstoISO630
strength41kg/mmormore.Nutsandheadsofallboltsshallbeofthehexagonaltypeandofoutline
dimension.
All washers are to be included under this contract, including locking devices and antivibration
arrangements, which are to be subject to the approval of the employer. The washers shall be of
adequate thickness to abridge the projection of the shaft and the commencement of the in readed
portion.
Nutsshallbefingertightontheboltandwillberejectediftheyareconsideredtohaveanexcessively
looseortightfit.Boltswithrecutthreadsaftergalvanizingwillberejected.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.8 Concretepoles
8.8.1
General
This specification includes the design, manufacture, testing, and delivery to site of concrete support
poles.Thetypesofpolesthatmaybeusedare:
R/fconcretepolesofsquare,rectangular,orroundcrosssectionmanufacturedinonepiece
The supplier should provide poles that are of a standard design and which best meet or exceed the
requirements set out in this specification. All material shall be new and conform to the relevant
standardspecificationsreferredtointhisspecificationsinallrespects.
8.8.2
Standards
Theequipmentsuppliedshallconformtothelatesteditionoftheappropriaterecognizedinternational
standards.Inparticular:
ISO3839
8.8.3
classificationbycompressivestrength.
Inspectionandtesting
Themanufactureditemswillbeinspectedatthemanufacturesplantbyarepresentativeappointedby
the employer. Tests shall be performed in accordance with this specification and with the relevant
standards.Thefollowingdefinitionsapplytothisspecification:
a) Failure: inability of the pole when under test to support future load or when deformation or
bucklingofthepolerendersitunserviceable.
b) Longitudinaldirection:thehorizontaldirectionparalleltotherunoftheconductors.
c) Transversedirection:thehorizontaldirectionatrightanglestotherunoftheconductors.
d) Ultimatestrength:thestrengthatwhichthepolewillnotacceptanyfurtherappliedforceorwhen
deformationorducklingorthepolerendersitunserviceable.
8.8.4
Manufactureofconcretepoles
Thepolesshallbemadeofr/fwatertightconcretewithminimumstrengthof37kN/mm(C30/37).The
surfaceoffinishedpolesshallbesmooth.Afewcrackswithawidthoflessthan0.1mmmaybepresent.
Pores in the surface may be present depending on the manufacturing method. The total area of the
poresshouldbelessthan5cm.Themeandepthoftheporesshallbelessthan3mm.Allpolesshallbe
madeinaprofessionalmannerinafactorywithcontinuousqualitycontrol.
8.8.5
Constructionofconcretepoles
Thedeflectionoftheconstructioncausedbyhorizontalandverticalloadsshallbeconsideredduringthe
dimensioning.Theseloadsincludingownweightshouldbemultipliedbythesafetyfactorofthree(3).
Thedeflectionsshallbeverifiedbypracticalscaletests.Thesmallestthicknessofcoveringconcretecoat
atreinforcementshouldbe25mm.
Allpolesshouldbemadeinaprofessionalmanner.Thesurfacesshouldbereasonablysmoothandfree
fromburrsorsharpsobjects.
Nov.2013
49
Volume8
8.8.6
Concretemixing
All concrete shall be mixed in power driven mixers and the concrete making materials shall be
accuratelymeasuredtoensurethe productionof uniformbatchedofconcrete.Volume measurement
shall be carried out using wellproportioned gauge boxes or automatic weight measuring equipment.
The gauge boxes shall be loose filled with the material being measured then struck off level with a
straightedgethendischargedintothemixer.
8.8.7
Consolidationofconcrete
Allconcreteshallbeconsolidatedinthemouldsusinghighfrequencyinternalorexternalvibrators.The
amountofvibrationshallbeuniformalongthelengthofthemouldandshallbecarefullycontrolledso
that adequate consolidation of the concreter is achieved without causing segregation of the mix
ingredientsbyovervibration.
8.8.8
Protectionandcuringofconcrete
Duringtheinitialstageofhardeningtheconcreteshallbeprotectedfromthedirectraysofthesunand
from draying winds. The moulds containing the hardened concrete shall not be disturbed or shifted
unless it can be shown that such movements will not impact any damaging stress to the hardening
concrete.Allconcreteshallbecuredinanenvironmentthatensuresthatitremainssaturatedornearly
saturatedduringthecuringperiod.
8.8.9
Dimensionaltoleranceofconcretepoles
Thepermittedvariationfromstateddimensionorcrosssectionalshapeofthefinishedpoleshallbeas
follows
Length:
+ 50, 10mm (allowances shall be made during design for length reduction due to
prestress)
Straightness:+15mm(deviationfromastraightlinejoiningthetopandthewidestdimensionsatthe
butt)
Holes:
Size0+2mm,Relativeposition+5mm.
8.8.10
Polelength,shapeanddesignloading
Eachpoleshallbemanufacturedinonepiece.Allholesforthemountingofequipmentshallbemade
duringproduction.
Theassembledstandardoveralllengthofthepolesmanufacturedshallbe12m.
Thestandarddesignworkingloadsinthetransversedirectionshallbeasfollows.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Table810:Concretepoles
Heightofpole
Buriedlength
WorkingLoad*
(m)
(m)
(kg)
Purpose
12
1.8
400
MV,singlecircuit,smallangles
12
1.8
800
MV,tension,largeangles,
doublecircuit
substation
*:Applied300mmbelowpoletop
Eachpoleshallbeabletoresistanindependentloadinthelongitudinaldirectionofatleast25%ofthe
transverse loading. The ultimate pole top load to be used for designing each class of pole shall be a
factorofsafety(F.O.S.)timestheappropriatestandarddesignworkingload.Ultimatedesignforcesto
beusedforthepoledesignshallresultfromthisloadappliedtothepolewhenheldinthestandardtest
framespecifiedinthepoletestingsectionofthisspecification.Thefactorofsafetyshallbe2.5.
8.8.11
Deflection
Themaximumtodeflectionunderthedesignworkingloadappliedinaccordancewiththepoletesting
sectionofthisspecificationshallbeH/25whereH=totalpolelength.
8.8.12
Testingofpoles
Thetestsgivenbelowapplytoallconcretepoletypes.
8.8.12.1
Typetests(destructiontests)
Theseshallbecarriedoutperiodicallytochecktheconsistencyofthestandardofmanufacture.
8.8.12.2
Testingarrangement
Polesshallbetestedinthehorizontalpositioninatestingbed.Thepoleshallbetestedbetweentwo
reactionpostsofawidthofnotmorethan300mm.Thelowerreactionpostsistobelocatedbelowthe
groundlinemark,whichis1/6ofthetotallengthofthepole.Theupperreactionpostistobelocated
bellowthegroundline mark,whichis1/6ofthetotallengthof pole.The poleshallbeloadedwith a
suitable device 300mm from the top of the pole. The testing arrangement shall be provided with
sufficient supports to ensure that bending moments developed by the selfweight of the pole are
minimal. These supports shall be detailed to give no horizontal resistance to the applied loads. The
accuracyofallloadanddeflectionmeasuringequipmentshallbe+/2percent.
8.8.12.3
Test
Theseshallbecarriedoutbeforefullscalemanufactureofaclassofpolecommences;afteranychange
aremadetotheapproveddesignofaclassofpole.
A sample consisting of three poles selected at random. similar in all essential features of design and
construction to those purchases, shall be subjected to the type test and must give evidence that the
polescomplywiththeacceptancecriteriaofthisspecification.Thetestshallbecarriedoutin2stages.
Nov.2013
51
Volume8
1ststage:
Theloadshallbegraduallyanduniformlyappliedinincrementsof10%oftheultimatedesignloadupto
120% of the designworking load. At each increment of load the deflection of the pole type shall be
measured.
The120%loadingshallbemaintainedfor5minutes.Theloadshallthenbegraduallyreducedtozero
andtheamountofpermanentdeflectionofthepoletiprecorded.
2ndstage:
The test load shall be gradually reapplied up to the design working load and the deflection recorded.
The load shall then be increased in 10% increments until failure accrues. At each load increment the
loadanddeflectionshallberecorded.
Thefollowingparticularsshallberecordedforeachtestmade:
Manufacturesnameandplantlocation
Poleclassificationandtype
Dimensionsofthepole
Datemanufactured
Datetested
Incrementsofload
Deflectionsateachincrementofload
Permanentdeflectionafterremovalof1ststageloading
Loadatfailure
Natureoffailure
Colourphotographsalongtheaxisofthepoleatdesignworkingandultimateloadsplusphotographs
ofthefailurezoneonthepole.
Thepolesshallbeconsideredacceptableif:
Permanentdeflectionofthetipofthepole,afterthe1ststageloadingisremoved,doesnotexceed
1mmpermeterofpolelength.
Theaveragefailureloadofthethreepolestestedequalsorexceedstheultimatedesignloadandthe
failureloadofanysinglepoleisnotlessthan0.90timestheultimatedesignload.
Thisshallbe carriedoutonpolesselectedatrandomby the Employerattherateofper 100%ofthe
designworkingload.
The poles will be considered acceptable if the defection at each load increment and the permanent
deflectionuponremovalofloaddoesnotexceedbymorethan15%theaverageoftheacceptabletests
ofthecorrespondingvaluesfor1ststageloadingofthetypetests.
Failuretosatisfyacceptancecriteria
IntheeventthatapoledoesnotsatisfyanyoftheaboveacceptancetheSuppliershallmodifyhispole
designorconstructionproceduretoincreasethestrengthofthepole.Polesmanufacturedinthesame
mannerasthosethathavefailedtheacceptancetestsmayberejected.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.9 Woodenpoles
8.9.1
Applicablestandards
The treated wooden poles shall be in accordance with the latest editions of the standards specified
belowandamendmentsthereof.
ANSI05.12002Specifications&DimensionsforWoodPoles
ASTMD1036581990StandardTestMethodsofStaticTestsWoodPoles
BS1990SpecificationforWoodPolesforoverheadlines(Power&TelecommunicationLines).Part1
1984SpecificationforSoftWoodPoles.
BS144WoodPreservationusingcoaltarcreosotes.PartI:(1990)Specificationforpreservative;
PartII:(1990)Methodsfortimbertreatment.
AWPAC1AlltimberProductsPreservativeTreatmentbyPressureProcess
AWPAC4PolesPreservativeTreatmentbyPressureProcess.
8.9.2
Polespecies
Poles shall be made of wood and will have a minimum fibre strength of 45 N/mm2. Species of wood
polesshallpreferablybeasgivenintheabovementionedAmericanNationalStandardbutlocalwood
poles of the species Pine (Pinus Sylvestris), Siberian Pine (Pinus Sibirica) and Siberian Larch (Larix Si
birica)shallbeacceptableiftheycomplywiththisspecification.Anyrefractoryspeciesoffered(suchas
Douglas Fir, in general the larches) must be incised at the ground line section. For refractory species,
onlystrengthtestsafterincisionshallbevalid.
8.9.3
8.9.3.1
Defects
Prohibiteddefects
In all poles, the width of sapwood from the butt of the pole to 1m above the proposed ground level
mustbeaminimumof25mmandfortherestofthepolenotlessthan20mm.Polesshallbefreefrom
rot,cracksanddefectsthatmayreducethestrengthofthepole,renderitdifficulttoclimbormakeit
visuallyunacceptable.Ellipticalpolesshallnotbeaccepted.
Specifically,thefollowingdefectsshallbeprohibited:
crossbreaks(cracks);
decayexceptasindicatedin2.2.4and2.2.5forfirmredheart,defectivebuttanddecayedknots;
evidenceoffungalfruitingbodiesormyceliuminapoleshallbeconsideredasevidenceofdecayand
thepoleshallbepermanentlyrejectedasnonconforming;
deadstreaks;
holes,openorplugged,otherthanthoseprovidedforinthespecificationordrilledfortestpurposes,
whichshallbetreatedandpluggedwithtreatedplugs;
defectivebuttsandhollowbuttsortops,exceptaspermittedunderpithcentres;
marineborerdamage;
nails,spikes,andothermetalnotspecificallyauthorisedbythePurchaser;
doublesweep;
mechanicaldamage;
insectdamage.
Nov.2013
53
Volume8
8.9.3.2
Permitteddefects
Thefollowingdefectsmaybepermitted:
firmredheartprovidedthatitisnotpresentinmorethan10%ofthecrosssectionandthatitisnot
accompaniedbysofteningorothersignsofdisintegrationordecayofthewood;
hollow pith centres in tops, butts and knots are permitted in poles that are to be given full length
preservativetreatment;and
sapstainthatisnotaccompaniedbysofteningorotherdisintegrationordecayofthewood.
8.9.3.3
Limiteddefects
Thefollowingdefectsarepermittedtothedegreesstated:
bark inclusions: depressions containing bark inclusions provided they are not deeper than 50 mm,
measuredfromthesurfaceofthepole;
defectivebutts:hollowinginthebuttcausedbysplinterpullinginfellingthetreeispermitted,pro
videdthattheareaofsuchahollowislessthan10%ofthebuttarea;
knots:individualknotswithdiameterslessthanonesixthofthepolegirthatthatpointinthepole
areacceptable.Thesumofdiametersofsoundknotsintheworst150mmlengthofpoleshouldnot
exceedonethirdofthepolegirthatthatpoint;
scars:ascaristheresultofinjurytothelivingtreewhichhasbeguntocompartmentaliseandasign
thattheinjuryisbeingcontained.
soundscarsonthepolesurfacearepermitted,providedthedamagewasnotdoneafterthetreewas
cut,providedthescarsaresmoothlytrimmedanddonotinterferewiththecuttingofanygrainand
providedthat:
the circumference at any point on trimmed surfaces located between the butt and 600mm below
thegroundlineisnotlessthantheminimumcircumferencespecifiedat1.5mfromthebuttforthe
classandlengthofthepole;andthat
thedepthofthetrimmedscarisnotmorethat50mmifthediameteris250mmorless,or20%of
thepolediameteratthelocationofthescarifthediameterismorethan250mm.
However,nopoleshallhaveascarorturpentinecutfacelocatedwithin600mmofthegroundline.
Turpentine scars need be trimmed only to the extent necessary to examine evidence of fungus in
fectionandinsectdamage;
shakes:shakesinthebuttsurfacewhicharenotcloserthan50mmtothesidesurfaceofthepoleare
permitted,providedtheydonotextendtothegroundline.
shakesoracombinationofconnectedshakeswhicharecloserthan50mmtothesidesurfaceofthe
polesarepermittedprovidedtheydonotextendfurtherthan600mmfromthebuttsurfaceanddo
nothaveanopeningwiderthan3mm.
However, shakes in the top surface are permitted in poles that are to be given fully length pre
servativetreatment,providedthatthediameteroftheshakeisnotgreaterthanhalfthediameterof
thetopofthepoleandthatitisnotcloserthan50mmfromthesurface;
splitsandchecks:twochecksofapproximatelythesamewidth,eachcheckterminatingatthepith
centreandseparatedby12.5mmorlessofwoodfibreatanypointonthepolecircumference,shall
beconsideredasinglecontinuouscheck.
Splitsandchecksshallbepermittedprovidedthat:
asplitoracombinationoftwosinglechecksonpoletop(eachcheckterminatingatthepithcentre
and separated by not less than one sixth of the length of the circumference) having one or both
portionslocatedinaverticalplanewithin30ofthetopboltholeshallnotextenddownwardalong
thepolemorethan150mm.Allothersplitsorcombinationchecksshallnotextenddownwardalong
thepolemorethan300mm;andthat
asplitoracombinationoftwosinglechecksonthebuttofthepole,shallnotextendupwardalong
Nov.2013
Volume8
thepole,initsentirety,morethan600mm.
8.9.4
Inclination
The maximum deviation from the vertical allowed is 25mm for each 3m of length between the
respectivemeasuringpointformorethan90%ofthebatch.Intherestofthebatch,thepolesmayhave
amaximumdeviationof25mmforeach1.8moflengthmeasuredasabove.
8.9.5
Dimensions
ThewoodenpolesshallbemadeofthestandardsizeofwoodpolesshowninTable811.Thepolesshall
conformtothefollowingdimensionalrequirements.
Table811:Poledimensions
PoleClass
NominalPole
Length(m)
Min.PoleTopDiameter
(mm)
Min.Dia.1.5mfrom
Butt(mm)
Light
6.0
95
125
7.2
120
200
9.2
135
230
Medium
6.0
120
160
7.2
150
235
9.2
150
250
Stout
6.0
120
185
7.2
170
255
9.2
170
270
Note:Allwoodenpolesaretobemountedontoconcretesupportsaboveground.
8.9.6
Tolerances
Allmeasurementsareunderbarkand5mmshallbeallowedfordressing.Lengthsshallbemeasuredto
theshortendoftheslopeanddiametersattheminoraxis.Polesshallbenotmorethan75mmshorter
or150mmlongerthanthenominallength.
8.9.7
Preservativetreatment
Longlifeisaprerequisiteforpolesandpreservativetreatmentisessential.Itisrecommendedthatpoles
complying with this standard have an average life of 30 years. All wood poles supplied shall be
preservedbymeansofeither
CoalTarCreosoteType2accordingtolatestissueofBS:144;or
Copper/Chromium/ArsenicCompositions(CCA)accordingtolatestissueofBS:4072.
Beforeeitherofthetwopreservativetreatmentsisapplied,thepolesshallbeseasoned.Polesmaybe
partiallyconditionedbynaturalairseasoningorbyforcedaircirculation,andfurtherconditionedbykiln
drying.
For air seasoning, the poles shall be segregated according to their species and stacked to leave a
minimum ground clearance of 300mm. On completion, the stacks should appear level and balanced.
Therunnersbetweeneachdeckmustsupporteachother.Intheconstructionanddismantlingofstacks,
polesshallberolledtoandfromhandlingmachinery.Undernocircumstancesarepolestobepulledina
rampfromanintermediatefloor.Allpolesmustbestackedwithintwoweeksofdelivery.
Nov.2013
55
Volume8
Airseasonedpolesdriedbynaturalaircirculationshallbecheckedtotheheartwood.Thefinalmoisture
content before preservative treatment shall be measured by a resistance meter, both at a depth of
38mm(1.5in.)andatthesapwoodline,andinneithercaseshallitexceed28%.Extremecareshallbe
takentoensurethatairseasonedpolesdonothavepretreatmentdecayinthem.Thepolesshallnotbe
heavilystained.
Thecompany'sinspectormayhavealldrypolessubjectedtoapiecebypieceinspection,immediately
priortopreservativetreatment,duringwhichallpolesshallberolled.Samplesshallbetakenuptothe
pithcentretodeterminewhetherthepoleshavebeensterilisedbeforeorduringtreatment.
Beforepreservativetreatment,allpolesshallbedressed,drilledandmarked.
Coaltarcreosoteforwoodpreservation
Thepreferredpreservativetreatmentiscreosoting.Boththespecificationsofthecoaltarcreosotesand
thetreatmentprocessmustbeinaccordancewiththelatestissueofBS144:Woodpreservationusing
coal tar creosotes and BS 913: Wood preservation by means of pressure creosoting. Alternatively a
treatment according to AWPA C1and AWPA C4should be acceptable. In both cases, preservative net
retentionshallbe,atleast,160kilogramspercubicmeter.
Thecreosoteshallnotcontainmorethan3%waterwheninuseanditshallbekeptatatemperature
between85Cand100Cduringthepressingperiod.
Sample boring shall be taken from each charge and, if found satisfactory, the batch will be accepted.
Aftertreatment,thepolesshallbestackedasoutlinedaboveandheldforsufficienttimetoensurethe
supplyofdrypoles.
Copper/chrome/arsenatecompositionforwoodpreservation
ThepreservationtreatmentforwoodpolesisbymeansofCopper/Chrome/Arsenatecomposition(CCA).
Both the specifications of Copper/Chrome/Arsenate composition (CCA) and the treatment process,
pressureimpregnatingmustbeinaccordancewiththelatestissueofBS4072.Copperisthefungicide
and Arsenic the insecticide. Chrome acts as s fixing agent, reacting with the Copper and Arsenic once
impregnated into the timber. Then it forms nonsoluble, leachresistant compounds affording
permanentprotectiontothetimber.
Preservativenetretentionshallbe,atleast,20kilogrampercubicmetre.Aftertreatmentbymeansof
CCATanalith,thepolesshallberedriedandtheyshallbeusedonlyafter,atleast,fourteendaysto
ensureuseofdrypoles.
After treatment, a boring or borings shall be undertaken with a test borer not less than 1.5 m from
either end of each pole of a sample of the poles in the charge. The extent of penetration of the
preservativeshallbedeterminedinaccordancewithlatestissueofBS5666:part2.Iffoundsatisfactory,
thewholebatchwillbeaccepted.
Temperatureandpressuregauges
The temperature and pressures in the cycle must not be exceeded in both methods of wood
preservation.Theyshallberecordedonarecordingchartandshallbeverifiedbyvisualobservationsof
the direct reading gauges, at least hourly throughout the treating cycle, by the treating operator or
Purchaser'sinspector.
Inaddition,alltemperatureandpressuregaugesshallbeservicedannuallyandbecertifiedthattheyare
ingoodworkingorder.Theyshallalsobecalibratedatregularintervals,aspertheContractor'squality
assurance programme. One copy of the service and calibration certificates must be submitted to
PurchaserbytheContractortogetherwiththeTenderorbiddocuments.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.10 Latticesteelpoles
8.10.1
Scopeofsupply
Suppliers are called upon to deliver lattice steel poles and crossarm for the installation of medium
voltage(11kV),distributionnetwork.
TheJapaneseIndustrialStandards(JIS)aretobeconsideredinthedesign,manufactureandtestingof
theabovementionedmaterials.SimilarorequivalentinternationalstandardssuchasBSorDINshallbe
treatedlikewise.Specificationsandquantitiesarestatedinthefollowingitems.
8.10.2
Technicalspecification
8.10.2.1
Technicalrequirements
Systemdata
ThesystemdataarecompiledintheTablebelow.
Table812:Systemrequirements
Item
Value
Nominalvoltage
11kV
Maximumvoltage
12kV
Conductor
3phase,3wire,delta,
120/20mmACRS
Polespacing
80m
Maxsagging
2m
Poleheight
12maboveground
Shortcircuitbreakingcurrent
25kA
Material
ThepolesshallbemadefromhotrolledIjoistsandanglesteelsectionswithsteelplatesspecifiedinJIS
G3101 (STK51) or in accordance with BS 4360 (Steel 52) or in DIN 17100 or in accordance with any
internationalequivalentstandardwithconsideringthedesignfactorofsafetyequalsto(2.0)havingthe
followingproperties:
Nov.2013
57
Volume8
Table813:Systemrequirements
Item
Unit*
STK51
St52(BS4360)
St52(DIN17100)
Tensilestrength
510
520
5230
Yieldstrength
360
360
345
Designbendingstress
255
260
260
*:at2min
MaterialsforAclampsusedatthetopof(12mlatticesteelpoles)andcrossarmsshallbemadeofhot
rolledstructuralcarbonsteelinaccordancewiththesamespecificationsabovebuteitherSTK51,Steel
52(toBSorDIN)havingthefollowingmechanicalproperties:
8.10.2.2
Latticesteelpoles
Each medium voltage lattice steel pole shall be made out of two Nos. Isteel joists which are to be
weldedtogetherandcrossbracedwithangleironsize(30303)ofsteel(ST41)or(ST37)oranyequiv.
formingtheshapeoflatter(A)asshownindrawingsNo.(2).Isteelsizesforlowvoltageisasfollows:
(140665.7x8.6)ST52accordingtoDIN17100
150755.5x9.5)STK51accordingtoJISG3101.
AnyequivalentsectionsST51,ST52accordingBS4360.
Andanyothersizehavingthesamemodulusofsectionshallbeacceptable.
Maximumworkingloadsis7kN.
Theundergroundportionofthesteelpoleshallbeatminimum2m
ThewholepoleshallbehotdipgalvanizedaccordingtoBS729.
Eachofthelatticesteelpolesshallhaveanearthinghole(18mmdia.)locatedatthecenterofthelower
plateforearthingpurposes.
Every steel lattice ole shall be supplied with (11 Nos.) electrically galvanized, high stress, hexagonal
headed(M16)fullythreadedbolt(35mm)lengthofscrewwithnut,plainwasher&springwasheras
theyareusedasfollows.
(10Nos.)forthe2rowsof(5x18mm)dia.holesofeachpole
(1No.)forthe(18mm)dia.earthing.
Allbolts,nutsetc.shallbefirmlytightenedintheirplacesonthepolesat
Thepolesshallbesuppliedwith5%sparebolts,nuts,etc.
8.10.3
Testing
All materials under contract shall be tested at the manufacturing works to verify compliance to our
specifications.
Mill certificates shall submitted for all steel material like joist, angelsteel, steel plates, channel steel,
bolts,nuts,etc.
Dimensional tests in quantities not less than (5%) of the quantity of each batch, taking into
considerationthateccentricitybetweentopandbottompartofthepoleshellnotexceed1/1000.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Loadingtests(typetest)
Table814:Loadingtest
Load
Measuringitem
Acceptancecriteria
Workload(Ps)
Specifiedworkingload
Noanydefect
Permanentload
Psx1.5load
Noanydefect;13mmallowable
inclination
Breakingload
Psx2.0load
destruction
*:at2min
Theloadtestshallbecarriedouton1%pereachbatchof500nos.
8.10.3.1
Alternativedesign:
TheSuppliermayofferanalternativedesignforthelatticepoles,butthenewdesignshallcomplywith
theabovestandardsandminimumrequirements.
8.10.4
Crossarms
The crossarm shall be used to support insulators carrying bare aluminum conductors on the medium
voltagepoles(12m).
Thecrossarmsshallbemadeofsection(channelsteel)(ST41),(ST42),(ST44)oranyequiv.
Flatsteel,bolts,nutsandwashersaccordingto(JISG3101andJISG1186)orequivalent.Allsteelwork
shallbehotdipgalvanizedtoBS729butboltsnuts;washersshallbeelectricallygalvanized.
Asanoptionthepolescouldbepaintedtypewithtwoantioxide(redlaite)paintlayerswithcrossarms.
Allboltsandnutstobeelectricallygalvanized.
Nov.2013
59
Volume8
8.11 Distributiontransformers
8.11.1
Scopeofwork
This specification covers the design, manufacture, factory testing, packing, delivery and installation of
oilfilled threephase distribution transformers with a rated capacity of 50 500kVA for outdoor
installation.Thetransformershallbedesignedforoutdooroperationandcontinuousservice.
The equipment and materials to be supplied in accordance with this specification shall conform to all
latestapplicablestandardsofsponsororganizationasfollows:
Unlessspecifiedotherwiseormodifiedherein,allIECstandarddirectlyorindirectlyapplicableincluding
partsandaddenda.SpecificStandardsinclude,butarenotnecessarilylimitedtothefollowing:
IEC60076
Powertransformers
IEC60137
Insulatingbushingsforalternatingvoltagesabove1000V
IEC60296
Specificationforunusedmineralinsulatingoilsfortransformersandswitchgear
IEC60722
reactors.
Guidetothelightningimpulseandswitchingimpulsetestingofpowertransformersand
8.11.2
8.11.2.1
Testingandinspection
Generalnotesfortest
Theinspectionandtestlistedhereinaftershallbecarriedoutinaccordancewiththeprovisionsinthe
applicableIECstandardsupplementbythespecificrequirementsindicatedhereinafter.
IntheabsenceofIECstandards,theinspectionandtestsshallbecarriedoutinsuchmannerastobeat
least equivalent to conditions, provisions and definitions set out in one of the standards listed in this
specification.
8.11.2.2
Acceptancetest
Theacceptancetestprocedureforanydeliveryoftheequipmentsisasfollows:
Visualinspection
Inspectionofthecompleteequipment
Checkingoftheresultoftheroutineandtypetest
Carryingoutallorpartoftestsmentionedintheroutinetest
Checkingofconformitytospecification.
8.11.2.3
Routinetest
Thesetestsshallbecarriedoutoneachindividualoftheequipmentsupplied,atthemanufactureswork
toensurethattheproductisinaccordancewiththeequipmentonwhichthetypehasbeencarriedout.
The manufacturer shall supply a certificate giving the result of the entire test carried out on the
equipment.
Thesetestsshallinclude:
Powerfrequencytest(insulationtesting)
Nov.2013
Volume8
Resistancetest
Noloadtest
Shortcircuittest
Measurementoftransformationratios
CertificationoftheabsenceofPCB
Atestreportcontainingthetestresultsistobedrawnupforeachtransformer.
8.11.2.4
Typetest
The following tests are to be performed on the specimens produced in accordance with these
specificationsorcertifiedthroughrelevantTypeTestCertificatesissuedbyarecognizedinstitution:
Temperaturerisetest
Noisetestswithfrequencyanalysisonallfoursides
Verificationofshortcircuitstrength,3testsforeachleglasting0.5sec.
Impulsevoltagetestwithfullwaveandwithchoppedimpulsewave
Leaktestonthetank(leaktestofthetransformerfor24h)
Resistancetest
Measurementoftransformationratios
Noloadtest
Shortcircuittest
Insulationtesting(testingwithappliedpowerfrequencywithstandvoltage)
Inducedvoltagetest(testingwithinducedpowerfrequencywithstandvoltage).
8.11.3
8.11.3.1
Specificrequirements
Design
The transformers supplied shall be of hermetic design. All active parts e.g. the core, windings and
internal connections must be immersed in insulating liquid. The connections are to be executed as
follows:
HVside:
Outdoorbushingconformingtostandards
LVside:
Outdoorbushingconformingtostandardswithflatconnector
The operating pressure of the hermetic transformers shall not exceed 0.3 bars as measured at the
standpipe. In addition, the dimensions of the tank must also take into account the case that under
normaloperatingconditionsthetransformerswillberunataloadof140%oftheratedpowerSN.The
difference between the maximum operating pressure and the burst pressure of the tank must be at
least0.3bars.Thestandpipeandotherfillingplugsaretobeweldedtothetankcover.
Coolingmethod
ONAN(oilnatural,airnaturalcooling).
Windings
US WindingmadeofCuorAl,stripwinding
OS LayerorcoilwindingmadeofCuorAlwirewithvarnishinsulation.
Nov.2013
61
Volume8
Degreeofprotection
IP54withIP00terminalconnections.
Interconnectingcables
No riveted, screwed or softsolder connections may be used in the wiring and cabling between the
windingandthepointsofconnectionofthebushingoranoffcircuittapchanger.
Tank
Material:Sheetsteel
Hermeticallysealedelasticcorrugatedwalls
The changes in volume of the liquid coolant occurring during operation must be reliably
accommodated.
Cover
Screwdesign
Sheetthickness:
Seals:
Links:
6.0mm(oppositesurfaceabout4mm)
Asbestosfree,oilresistant,resistanttoheatandinsulatingliquid.
Thesealsonthebushingsmaynotbelargerthanthebearingareasofthe
bushings
2piecesforcableattachment(cablegrip).
Tankbottom
Thicknessoftankbottom:lessthan4mm
Oildraindevice
PursuanttoIEC60076.
Equipmentandaccessories
Thetransformersaretobefittedwiththefollowingaccessories:
Earthconnections
Liftingeyes
Oillevelindicator
Fillers
Pocketforcontactthermometer
SparkgapsontheHVbushing
Lockingdevicefortheoffcircuittapchanger.
Theterminalconnectionsaretobemarkedasfollows:
Embossedbrassplatesonthecoverassignedtotheconnections,coatedtogetherwiththecover.
MarkingfortheHVside: A
B
C
MarkingfortheLVside:
a
b
c
0.
Corrosionprotection
Hot galvanising (including all metal mounting parts) and an additional priming coat. The intermediate
andtopcoatsaretobeinironmicacoating(lightgrey;totalcoatthickness:150m)orpowdercoating
ofthesamequality.Allsealingsurfacesaretobefurnishedwithdurablecorrosionprotection.Thisisto
becertifiedinasuitablemanner.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Externalconnectingelements,mountingpartsandsmallaccessories(e.g.bolts,screws,nuts,aswellas
external parts of the offcircuit tap changer) must all be made of noncorroding material, preferably
stainlesssteel.Nogalvanisedscrewsaretobeused.
Insulatingliquids
The transformers may only be filled by the manufacturer with one insulating liquid each. Mixing
differentproductsorproductsfromdifferentsuppliersisnotpermissible.InsulatingliquidfreeofPCB
which can be mixed with insulating oil corresponding to a common standard is to be used. The
manufacturerandtypeofinsulatingliquidusedaretobeindicatedforeachtransformer,e.g.inthetest
report.Thetypeofinsulatingliquid,e.g.MineraloilbasedinsulatingoilpursuanttoDINVDE0370is
tobeindicatedontheratingplateofeachtransformer.
CertificationoftheabsenceofPCBistobesubmittedforeachtransformer.
Otherrequirements
Thedesignofthetransformersmustalsoobservethefollowing:
Afterdelivery,thetransformersmustbereadyforusewithoutanyadditionalpreparation(suchas
tighteningsealsetc.)
Thetransformersmustbeguaranteedmaintenancefreeforatleastthreeyearsfollowingdelivery
All components, materials and accessories used must conform with the relevant standards or
demonstrablycomplywiththerecognisedstateoftheart
ThetransformersmaynotincludeanysubstancescontainingPCBorasbestos;normaytheycontain
anyhalogenatedhydrocarbons.Theabsenceofsuchsubstancesmustbestatedontheratingplate.
8.11.3.2
Labelingandmarking
Transformersshallbeprovidedwitharatingplate,whichcanbemovedandaffixedtoanysideofthe
transformer. It shall be written in English language. All information has to be clearly and indelibly
markedorengraved.Thefollowinginformationshallbegiven:
Manufacturername
Type
Yearofmanufacture
Serialnumber
Operatingmode
Coolingmethod
Ratedfrequency
Transformationratios
RatedcurrentLVandHV
Ratedpower
Connectionsymbol
Totalweight
Massofinsulatingoil
Oiltype.
Nov.2013
63
Volume8
8.11.4
8.11.4.1
ElectricalDATA
Shortcircuitcurrents
The transformers shall withstand the thermal and mechanical effects of any shortcircuit that can
appearattheterminalofanywinding.Theshorttimecurrent(1secrms)ratingshallbe22kA.
8.11.4.2
Insulationlevel
Thetransformersshallbedesignedforthefollowinginsulationlevels:
HighestequipmentVoltage:12kV
BasicimpulselevelasperIEC76:
ImpulseTestVoltage1.2/50ys:95kV
8.11.4.3
Ratedpower
Theratedoutputat+45Cmaximumambienttemperatureischosenfromtherespectivereports:
8.11.4.4
Ratedvoltage
ThreePhase:11.000/400V
Theratedsecondaryvoltageshallbe400/230V.
8.11.4.5
Offloadtapchanger
The high voltage windings shall be provided with an offload tap changer providing a neutral position
and4positions.Eachstepshallbe2.5%;totalratioselectionis5%in5steps.Theoffloadtapchanger
shall have an external mechanism for manual operation. Tap positions shall be clearly identified. The
operatingmechanismshallhaveaneffectiveblockingdeviceforlockingoftapchangeratanydesired
position.
8.11.4.6
Vectorgroup
ThevectorgroupshallbeDyn5.
8.11.4.7
Losses
Subject to compliance with the technical requirements, commercial conditions and delivery
requirements, tenders will be assessed on the basis of the least Present Worth of capital cost plus
guaranteedlosses
Theacceptanceoftransformersyieldingcomponentlosseshigherthantheguaranteedvaluesshallbe
governedbythefollowing:
CaseA
Componentlossesinexcessofguaranteedvalues,butwithinthetolerances
permittedunderIEC761.
Transformers under Case A shall be acceptable subject to full compliance with all other technical
particulars including temperature rises at continuous maximum rating and subject to the Supplier
acceptingtheimpositionofpenaltychargesforeachkWorpartthereofcomponentlossesinexcessof
theguaranteedvalues,atthelossevaluationratesmentionedabove.
Nov.2013
Volume8
CaseB
Componentlossesinexcessofguaranteedvaluesandexceedingthetolerances
permittedunderIEC761.
TheacceptanceoftransformersunderCaseBshallbeentirelyatthediscretionoftheClientandsubject
totheTendereracceptingtheimpositionofpenaltychargesofeachkWorpartthereofofcomponent
lossesinexcessoftheguaranteedvalues,atthelossevaluationratesmentionedabove.
In the case of transformers yielding component and total losses which are equal to or below the
guaranteed values, the Supplier will not be entitled to any premium in respect of reduction in losses
belowtheguaranteedvalues.
NoloadlossesUSD6,500perkW
LoadlossUSD1,500perkW.
Rejection
ThePurchasershallrejectanytransformerifduringtestsanyofthefollowingconditionsarise:
Noloadlossexceedstheguaranteedvalueby15%ormore.
Loadlossexceedstheguaranteedvalueby15%ormore.Combinedlossexceedsbeyondguaranteed
valueby10%increaseormore.
Impedancevalueexceedstheguaranteedvalueby+10%ormore.
Oilorwindingtemperatureriseexceedsthespecifiedvalue.
Transformerfailsonimpulsetest.
Transformerfailsonpowerfrequencyvoltagewithstandtest.
Transformerisprovedtohavebeenmanufacturednotinaccordancewiththeagreedspecification.
8.11.4.8
Impedance
Thepercentageimpedanceat75Cshallbe4%fortransformerratingupto630kVAandshallbe6%for
transformerratingmorethan1,250kVAsubjecttotoleranceasperISIEC761,Table1atnormaltap.
8.11.4.9
Fluxdensity
Fluxdensity:
FluxdensityatnormalvoltageandfrequencyatanytapshallnotexceedforhighgradeCRGO,(Grade
MOHorbetter),SiliconSteelLaminations:1.60Tesla.
Overfluxing:
Overfluxinthetransformercoreshallbelimitedto12.5%toensurethatintheeventofovervoltageto
theextentof12.5%,thecoreisnotsaturated.ThemaximumfluxdensityinanypartoftheCRGOcore
undersuchconditionshallnotexceed1.9Tesla.Necessarydesigndatashallbesuppliedinthisregard.
8.11.4.10
Noloadcurrent
No load current at 100% voltage shall not be more than 2.5 % of the full load current and shall be
subjecttotoleranceasperIEC.Noloadcurrentat12.5%overvoltageshallnotexceed4%.Thesupplier
shallfurnishnecessarydesigndatainsupportofthisstipulation.
Nov.2013
65
Volume8
8.11.4.11
Protectionagainsttransients
Inordertoensurethatthetransformerswillwithstandlightning/disturbances,theimpulsewithstand
strengthoftransformerswindingsshallnotbelessthan95kVpeakfor11kV.
Thehighvoltagebushingsofalltransformersshallbeprovidedwithsinglegaparcinghorns(adjustable).
8.11.4.12
Overloading
ThetransformershallbecapableofbeingoverloadedasperIEC354upto150%ofratedload.Thesafe
overloadcapacityofthetransformeranddurationofoverloadforsatisfactoryoperationatsiteunder
maximumtemperatureconditionsshallbeclearlystatedintheoffer.Thetemperaturelimitsunderthe
specified over load capacity should also be stated & there shall be no limitation for over loading
imposedbybushing,tapchangeretc.oranyotherassociatedequipment.
Bushings
High voltage bushings shall be created to withstand the highest system voltage (12kV). It shall be
possibletochangethebushingswithoutremovingthetransformercover.Eachbushingwillbemarked
with manufacturer and type. The out creepage distance of the bushings shall be not less than
23mm/kV. The insulation levels of the bushings shall be at least equal to those specified for the
windings. The neutral connection shall have permanent special marking which is different from the
phase connections. For pole type transformers HV bushings shall be located at the tank side remote
from the pole. The HV transformer bushings shall be equipped with line clamps suitable for the
connectionofACSRconductorssizedfrom70to150mm.TheLVbushingshallbeequippedwithline
clampssuitabletoaluminumconductorXLPEinsulatedsinglecorecablesasbelow.Thedampsshallbe
completewithnecessaryscrews,washersandnuts.
8.12 Customercurrentmeterboxes
8.12.1
Generalrequirements
The Meter Boxes (MBs) are for use in the low voltage distribution system to achieve simple and cost
effectivemeansofprovidingsinglephaseandthreephaseconnectionstothecustomers.Meterboxes
willbeinstalledatpolesfromthesecondarynetworktoprovideserviceconnectionstosmallgroupsof
housesintheirvicinity.
They shall be suitable for mounting on a secondary pole or wall or on a cast concrete plinth. All
necessarymountingboltsandwallplugsshallbesuppliedwiththeMBs.
Themeterboxesshallbesuitableforoutdooruseintheserviceconditionstipulatedinthisspecification.
Singlephaseandthreephaseenergymeters,bottomconnected,shallbeprovidedseparately.
8.12.2
Qualityofmaterials
Allmaterials,whetherfullyspecifiedhereinornot,shallbeoffirstclassqualityparticularlywithregard
to manufacture, strength, ductility and durability and shall conform to the best modern practice and
complyinallrespectswiththeseSpecifications.
All material shall be inspected and tested in full to prove compliance with the requirements of the
Specifications. The testing shall be carried out according to the relevant Standard approved by the
Engineer.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.12.3
Surfacecoatingandgalvanising
All iron and steel used shall be protected against corrosion effects, after the whole fabrication is
completed,bygalvanisation,metallizationorpaintapplications.
Thesurfacecoatingshallbeuniform,cleanandsmooth.Theformulationandapplicationprocedureshall
beasrecommendedbythemanufacturerfortheappropriateexposureconditions.
The preparation for surface coating and the coating itself shall not distort or adversely affect the
mechanicalpropertiesofthematerials.
ThecolourofalltopcoatsshallbeapprovedbythePOifnotdescribedindetailedspecificationbelow.
If any coated part is found to be imperfect, such part must be replaced. The whole of the expense
involvedinthereplacementoftheimperfectpartshallbebornebytheSupplier.
8.12.4
8.12.4.1
Detailsofmeterboxes
ApplicableStandards
The items and components supplied shall be in accordance with the later editions of the standard
specifiedbelowandamendmentsthereof.
IEC60947Lowvoltageswitchgearandcontrolgear.
Part11988GeneralRules
Part31990Switches,disconnectors,switchdisconnectorsandfusecombinationunits.
8.12.4.2
Basicfeatures
TheMeterBoxes(MBs)areusedinthelowvoltagedistributionsystem.
The box shall be suitable for outdoor mounting on house walls, poles or on cast concrete plinth. All
necessarymountingpartsasbolts,nuts,washers,pegs,screwsshallbesuppliedwiththeMBs.
Twotypesofmeterboxesareforeseen:Meterboxwiththreeandsixmeterplaces.
Meterboxesshallbeequippedwith
Metal housing (meter box) with wiring for single or three phase kWh meters according to Bill of
Quantity
AninstalledthreepoleMiniCircuitBreaker(MCB)of40Aattheincomingside
Installedmountingrailsformeter
Installedphase,neutralandgroundbuses.
Terminalfittings
DINrailsformountingofMCBandpowerlimiter
Incomingsupplyandoutgoingservicecableconnections
Minicircuitbreakerforeachoutgoingserviceline.
Alloftheabovepartsshallbepremountedinthebox,wiredandreadyforoperation.Inaddition
sufficientspacefortheinstallationofpowerlimitersshallbeforeseen.
8.12.4.3
Design
Themeterboxesconsistofadetachablemetalboxwithhingeddooroneithersideofthebroadside.
Nov.2013
67
Volume8
The incoming service cable is connected to the distribution terminal blocks through the MCB using
suitablecablelugsterminations.Distributioncableterminationsshallbemountedoneithersideofan
insulatedboardandbothterminationshallbeconnectedthroughadetachablelink.
TheMBsshalllocatethreeandsixmeterseats.Themetershallbeequallyconnectedtoeachincoming
phase.
8.12.4.4
Housing
The housing shall be made of sheet steel with a minimum thickness of BWG 16. It shall provide
protectionclassIP54accordingtoIEC60529.
Allequipmentshallbesurfacemountedonaninteriorpanel,andshallbeaccessiblefromthefrontand
protectedbycovers.
AstandardmountingrailshallbeprovidedforMCBinstallation.
Thehousingshallbeequippedwithaminimum2screenedopeningsforventilation.
8.12.4.5
Terminals
Theterminalblocksshallbeoftheboltedtype,withterminalsofbronzeorbrass,suitableforstranded
coppercable,upto25mm.
There shall be three separate terminal blocks: one for the utility cables (Phases A, B, C), one for the
customercables,oneforneutralandoneforgrounding.Eachshallbefittedwithascrewed,insulating,
protectivecoverintherespectivestandardcolour(green/yellowforgrounding,blueforneutral).
The temperature in the contacts and terminals shall be within the specified limit as per IEC 947, and
shallnotcauseanydamageofanaturewhichimpairstheperformanceoftheequipment.MBsshallbe
prewired.
TheequipmentshallbesuppliedcompletewithterminalfittingssuitableforconnectingPVC/XLPE4*16
to 4*25mm Al insulated concentric cables for the incoming connection and for PVC/XLPE 2*8 to
4*16mmAlisolatedcablesforcustomerconnection.
When a cable termination uses two fasteners, the order of tightening shall not be detrimental to the
termination.Iftorquelimitingdevicesarenotused,themanufacturershallmarktherequiredtightening
torqueadjacenttotheterminalfastener.
Thecableterminationfastenersshallhavehexagonheadsof12to18mmacrossflatsandbeaccessible
usingstandardsocketspanners.
Allmetalpartsunderloadshallbecoveredtopreventtouching.
8.12.4.6
Incomingmainsupplycableconnections
Itshallhavetheprovisionformainsupplycablefromthesecondarydistributionnetwork.Termination
oftheincomingcableandoutgoingcablesshallbesuitableforusewithcablelugs.
8.12.4.7
Outgoingservicecableconnections
The conductor terminals and the fuse contacts shall be designed and proportioned as to carry
continuouslyitsratedcurrentwithoutexceedingthemaximumtemperatureasindicatedintherelevant
standards.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.12.4.8
Mountingrails
Galvanisedmountingrailsshallbeprovidedformountingmetersofbottomconnectedtype,theMCB
andeventuallythepowerlimiter.GalvanisingshallconformtoENISO1461orequivalent.
8.12.4.9
Conduitclamps
Cable entry shall be through bottom entry conduits, conduit clamps, galvanised EN ISO 1461 or
equivalent,shallbeprovided.Sufficienttractionreliefshallbeensuredforthecables.
8.12.4.10
Lockingdevices
Doors are to be fitted with padlock holders to prevent unauthorized entry. Triangular headed locking
boltsshallberecessedandprotectedtoexcludeopening,exceptbyuseofkey.Keystofitthesebolts
shallbeprovided.
8.12.4.11
Grounding
The MBs shall be equipped with a defined grounding point for connection of grounding cable of 10
35mmsize.The groundingconnectionshallbe markedwiththegroundingsymbol.All boltswashers
shallbedeliveredwiththeMB.
8.12.4.12
Testing
TheroutinetestsshallfollowDINVDE0100,part610.Testcertificatesshallbeprovided.
Nov.2013
69
Volume8
8.13 Minicircuitbreaker
8.13.1
Scope
MiniCircuitBreakersareinstalledtoprotecttheelectronicmeterandtheoutgoingservicecablesuntil
theinhousefuses.Theyalsoallowtodeenergizethehouseconnectionsforrepairandmaintenance.
8.13.2
8.13.2.1
Basicfeatures
Scopeofsupply
The mini breakers are used in the low voltage distribution system. They shall be premounted in the
meterboxandshallbedeliveredwithallnecessarymountingparts.
8.13.2.2
Applicablestandards
TheapplicablestandardsareDINVDE0660/9.92andIEC/EN609472.
8.13.2.3
Design
TheMCBsshallbeofmodulartype,(mouldedcompactcasetype)anddesignedofonepiecetype,be
removableandinterchangeable.TheoperatingmechanismoftheMCBshallbemechanicallytripfree.
Insulatedpartsoftheunitsshallbeofasuitablereinforcedplasticmaterialwhichhas,inaddition,ahigh
resistancetosolarradiation.
Any current carrying parts shall be of nonferrous metal adequate for the rated current capacity.
Padlockingfacilitiesshallbeprovidedtoaccommodatethecircuitbreakerinanopenposition.
MCBforcustomershallhavenominalcurrentsof40Aforincomingcablesandof24Aforsinglephase
serviceand40Aforthreephaseserviceconnectionsandaminimum10kAbreakingcapacity,according
toIEC609472Lowvoltageswitchgearandcontrolgearcircuitbreakers.
RatedImpulseVoltageshallbe6kVandpowerwithstandvoltageshallbe2kV50Hz1min.
The MCB shall have thermal and magnetic tripping unit. Tripping characteristics are K for all 3Phase
MCBsandZforallsinglephaseMCBs.
TheMCBsshallbemountedonDINrailintheenclosure.
TheMCBsshallbepreequippedwithterminalsforcableconnection.
TheSuppliershallprovideallthecharacteristics,curves,dimensionsoftheMCBsused.
Testing and inspection will be carried out according to the general specifications. Materials and
equipmentwillbeinspectedinthemanufacturer'sfactory.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Table815:MCBCharacteristics
Item
230V/1phase
400V/3phase
Ratedvoltage
230VAC
400VAC
Frequency
50to60Hz
Cablecapacity
Upto25mm
Lifeexpectancy
>5,000operations
Maximumtighteningtorque
3Nm
Ambienttemperature
25Cto+55C
Nominalcurrent
25A
40A
Trippingcharacteristic
Breakingcapacity
6kA
6kA
8.13.3
8.13.3.1
Additionalrequirements
Packing
Allitemsshallbesuitablepackedtopreventdamageduetoroughhandling.
8.13.3.2
Documentation
TheSuppliershallsupplyalongwiththeequipmentrelevantdrawingsandtechnicalliteratureincluding
installation,operationandmaintenanceinstructions.
Nov.2013
71
Volume8
8.14 LVaerialbundledconductors(ABC)
8.14.1
General
ThisspecificationappliestoLVaerialbundledconductors.Thealuminiumstandardcrosssectionsare:
3x35(phases)+35(Neutralmessenger)mm
3x120(phases)+95(Neutralmessenger)mm.
With respect to electric load size of neutral messenger may be reduced from 70mm phase size
onwards.However,theBidderhastojustifythatmechanicalstrengthissufficienttocarrythecableload
atthegivenaveragesupportdistances(poles)ofabout50m.
ABCcablearedeliveredinthreetypes:
1. ABCcableswithallselfsuspensionconductorsareequallymadeoutofinsulatedAluminumwith
thesamecrosssection.Allfourconductorsareequallytakingthelinetension.
2. ABC cables with insulated suspension conductor (mainly the neutral or messenger is used for
this).The3phaseconductorsaremadeofaluminiumwhilethemessengerismadeofaluminium
alloy.Onlytheneutralconductortakeslinetension.
3. ABCcableswithbaresuspensionconductor(mainlytheneutralormessenger)andthreeisolated
equalphaseconductors.The3phaseconductorsaremadeofaluminiumwhilethemessengeris
madeofaluminiumalloy.Onlytheneutralconductortakeslinetension.
Allthreetypesareapplicable.Butishastomakesurethatatleastoneconductorcantakethetension
loadappearingatthechosenpolespanandconsideringwindandotheradditionalloads.Otherwise,a
25mmsteelwireshallbeusedforfixingtheABCcableandshallbeincludedintheunitprice.
8.14.2
Applicablestandards
The equipment supplied shall confirm the latest edition of appropriate IEC specifications and/or
recognized international standards. In particular: DIN VDE 0274, IEC 60889, IEC 509, DIN 57 207, DIN
512210660/9.92andIEC/EN609472.
The preferred design of bundled conductors is one of selfsupporting phases and neutral bundles,
designatedNFA2XandmanufacturedtoVDE0274,wherethedesignationstandsfor:
N
VDEstandard
overheadcable
aluminiumconductor
2X
XLPEinsulation.
However, other designs, such as a bundle with a magnesium and silicon alloy aluminium catenary
doublingupasneutral,strandedandorcompactedAlconductorwithAlalloymessenger,harddrawnAl
conductor and messenger, Al stranded conductor with steel messenger, not manufactured to VDE
standards shall also be considered, as shall other bundled conductors designed and constructed to
differentinternationalstandards.However,inverycasetheBidderhastojustifyandshowthatelectric
andmechanicstrengtharesufficientfortherequiredelectricandmechanicloads.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.14.3
Electricalcharacteristics
NominalvoltageofABCcablesis0.6/1kV.
Dielectricstrength:Coresshallbedesignedtowithstandwithoutbreakdowntheapplicationof10kV
voltageduring1minute.
Impulse withstand: Cores shall be designed to withstand without breakdown a standard impulse
voltagesequence1.2/50sofpositiveandnegativepolaritywithapeakvalueequalto20kV.
Routinetest:4kV/15minutes
8.14.4
Cablestructureconductors
Theconductorcrosssectionalareashallbecircular.
ThestrandsofphaseandneutralconductorsshallconsistofharddrawnaluminumalloyaccordingtoIEC
60889
Thealuminumstrandsusedfortheconstructionofphaseandneutralconductorsforbundlesshallhave,
beforestranding,anultimatetensilestressatleastequalto120MPa.
InsulatingSheath:Theinsulationsheathshallconsistofanextrudedsheathofcrosslinkedpolyethylene
conformingtoIEC502andshallbeblackcoloured.Itshalleasilyberemoved.InsulationXLPEthickness
is1.5mm.
8.14.5
Markings
Eachindividualconductorcomprisingabundleshallhavesufficientmarkingsindicating:
Manufacturer's identification. As an alternative, a thread beneath the insulation with a stable and
permanentcolouringinaccordancewiththemanufacturer'strademarkwillbeacceptable.
Yearofmanufacture:lasttwodigitsaresufficient
Designationofconductortype:forexample3x35+35
Ratedvoltagesclass:0.6/1kV.
8.14.6
Maximumpermissibletemperatures
ThemaximumpermissibletemperaturesfortheConductorareasfollow:
90Cduringnormaloperation,
120Cunderashortdurationoverload(atotal24hoursayearinseparateperiodsof3hoursatthe
most)
250Cundermultiphaseshortcircuitconditions.
Thesetemperaturesarebasedontheintrinsicpropertiesoftheinsulatingmaterials.Thesevaluescan
onlybeusedforcalculatingpermissiblecurrentratings.
8.14.7
Tests
Theinspectionandtestlistedhereinaftershallbecarriedoutinaccordancewiththeprovisionsinthe
applicable IEC standard supplemented by the specific requirements indicated hereinafter. In the
absenceofIECstandards,theinspectionandtestsshallbecarriedoutinsuchmannerastobeatleast
equivalent to conditions, provisions and definitions set out in one of the standards listed in this
specification.
Nov.2013
73
Volume8
Unless expressly stated otherwise, the ambient temperature for routine tests as well as voltage tests
shall be 15+10C and 15+5C for all other tests. The frequency of the alternating test voltage shall be
40Hzto62Hz.Thevoltagewaveformshallbeneartosinusoidal.
8.14.7.1
Typetests
The test sample shall be 10m to 15m in length. All cores of the bundle shall be tested. The test
sequenceshallbeasfollows.Typetestscanbeomittedifacertificateissuedbyarecognizedinstitution
isprovided.
Insulationresistanceatambienttemperature;
Insulationresistanceatoperatingtemperature;and
ACvoltagetest.
Theinsulationresistancetestatoperatingtemperatureshallbeconductedinawaterbathat80Cand
inconformitywithVDE0472.
Inadditiontothetestsjustdescribed,theroutinetestsandsampletestslistedbelowshallalsobethe
objectoftypetests.
8.14.7.2
Routinetests
Thefollowingmeasurementsortestsshallbecarriedoutonalldrumsandcoilsofbundledconductor:
Conductorresistance;and
Voltagetest.
8.14.7.3
Sampletests
Thefollowingsamplecheck,measurementsandtestsshallbeapplied:
Measurementofinsulationwallthickness;
Measurementofoutsidediameter;
Thermalexpansiontest;
Checkofphysicalcharacteristics;and
Tensilestrengthoftheconductorindividualwires.
Thesetestsshouldbecarriedoutononelengthfromeachproductionbatchofthesametype.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.15 AccessoriesforLVaerialbundledconductor
8.15.1
General
The following accessories for LV Aerial Bundled Conductors shall be supplied: single anchor assembly,
stainclamp,suspensionassembly,insulatedfacadesaddle,insulationpiercingconnector,preinsulated
compressionsleeveforLVaerialbundledconductorsaswellasserviceaerialclamps.
8.15.1.1
Definitions
Anchor assembly: A bracket and a strain clamp designed to terminate mainline bundled conductor
andtotransferitstensileloadingtothesupportingstructure.
Suspension assembly: A bracket and a clamp designed to support the bundled conductor at
intermediatepositionsandlightanglepositions(45maximumlinedeviation).
Largeangleordoubledeadend:Whenthedeviationofthelineis>45,calledlargeangle,abracket
willbeusedwithtwostrainclamps.
Foradoubleanchorsystem,twobracketswillbeusedwithtwostrainclamps.
Insulatedfacadesaddle:AsaddledesignedtosupportanABCcableatregularintervalsonasurface
andwhichprovidesasecondaryinsulationforthebundle.
Serviceaerialclamp:Aclampdesignedtoterminateanaerialserviceconductorbundledtoapoleor
awallanchor.
Insulationpiercingconnector:Atapconnectorwhichisdesignedtobeappliedtotheconductorof
bundledABCwithoutremovingtheinsulation.
Preinsulate compression sleeve: A preinsulated junction sleeve designed to joint ABC with other
ABC.Neutralsleeveisfulltensioned.
8.15.1.2
Design
AllitemsshallbesuitableforthewholerangeorpartoftherangeofABC,aswellasfortheconductor
materialsused.TheserviceclampsshallbeusedforallABCserviceslines.
All items shall be designed to meet the performance requirements of the various sections of this
specification.Theymustbeadequatelyratedfortheirintendedapplicationandretainthisratingtheir
normallifetimeinanoutdoorenvironment.
Allitemsshallbefreefromdefectswhichcouldcausethemtobeincorrectlyassembledortoperform
unsatisfactorilyinservice.Finishshallbesuchthatoutersurfacearefreeofsharpedgesandburrswhich
couldresultindamagetoadjacentmaterialorpersonnel.
Items comprising different component shall be so designed that they can be applied without
disassembly,theinstallationofallitemsshallbepossiblebyonemanworkingalone.
8.15.1.3
Materials
Thematerialsusedformanufacturingthelifting,accessoriesandapparatuscoveredbythisspecification
shallbecompatiblewiththematerialsoftheABCsuchthatthereliabilityofeitherwillnotbeimpaired
bytheirassociation.
Materialsshallberesistanttoclimaticstress.Allinsulationmaterialsshallbeultravioletstabilisedand
coloured black. Steel parts shall be hot dip galvanized (other treatment is possible if the protection
against corrosion is equivalent or better than hot dip galvanisation) or made in stainless steel. Other
metallicpartsshallbenoncorrosivetype.
Nov.2013
75
Volume8
8.15.1.4
Identificationmarkings
Allitemsshallbelegiblyandindeliblymarkedwith:
Manufacturerlogoorsymbol
Identificationset
Manufacturecode
Standard.
Specialmarkingforpreinsulatedjunctionsleevesandpreinsulatedlugs:
Positionandorderofcompression(cripping)
RemovinginsulatedLength
Groveindex.
Indeliblytest:Eachmarkingshallberubbedwitharagwithwaterduring15secondsandrubbedagain
witharagsaturatedwith waterduring15seconds andrubbed againwitha ragsaturatedwith petrol
during15seconds.Afterthistest,themarkingshallbelegible.
8.15.1.5
Tests
The inspection and tests shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions in the applicable IEC
standard supplemented by the specific requirements indicated hereinafter. In the absence of IEC
standards,theinspectionandtestsshallbecarriedoutinsuchmannerastobeatleastequivalentto
conditions,provisionsanddefinitionssetoutinoneofthestandardslistedinthisspecification.
8.15.2
8.15.2.1
Anchorassembly
Description
Eachassemblyincludes:
1tensionbracketmadeofAluminiumAlloy
1wedgetypedeadendclamp.
BracketsshallbemadeofAluminiumAlloysuitableforattachmenttotheusedtypeofoolebytwoM14,
M16boltsortwostainlesssteelstrapof20mmwidthand1mmthicknessmax.Thedistancebetween
thetwostrapsshallbe70mm.Thehookpointforclampsshallbe10cm(+12)frompole.
Clamps shall be designed to anchor ABC with the respective neutral messenger. The clamps shall be
Wedgetype.Theyshallbemadeofmechanicalandweatherresistingmaterial.Noboltforclampingthe
neutralmessengerandnoloselypartsareallowed.
Alsonotoolsshallberequiredforinstallation.Theclampmustbesuppliedwithaflexibleattachment
intotheabovebracketbymeansofstainlesssteelflexiblebraidorhook.Partsdirectlyincontactwith
the neutral messenger shall be made of insulated material to provide secondary insulation between
conductorsandmetalparts.
Bracket and wedges clamp shall be specified together to ensure an excellent compatibility between
materialstoreduceallmechanicalandclimaticstresses.
8.15.2.2
Tests
Allloadingtestsshallbecarriedoutwith50mmneutralmessenger.Fortheclampdielectric,tensile,
andsliptests,andforthebracketmechanicaltestsaretobecertified.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.15.3
8.15.3.1
Suspensionassemblies
Description
Eachassemblyincludes:
1 Suspension bracket made of Aluminum Alloy for securing to all types of structures and shall be
feasibleindistinctlywithonestainlesssteelstrap.
1 Suspension bracket clamp and movable articulate link made of thermoplastic without any steel
component.
Thesuspensiondampandarticulatedlinkisadevicewherenoboltfortighteningtheconductorandno
loosepartsareallowed.Clampingoftheneutralmessengershallbeofcontrolledslippage.Thisdevice
must have the capacity for the suspension and tightening of messenger to 50mm. Both suspension
clampsandarticulatedlinkmustbemadeentirelyandexclusivelyofmechanicalandweathermaterial.
Parts directly in contact with the neutral messenger shall be made of insulated material to provide
secondaryinsulationbetweenconductorsandmetalparts.Notboltforclampingtheneutralmessenger
andnoloosepartsareallowed.Alsonotoolshallberequiredforinstallationoftheclampinthefield.
Bracketandsuspensionclampshallbespecifiedtogethertoensureanexcellentcompatibilitybetween
materialstoreduceallmechanicalandweatheringstresses.
8.15.3.2
Tests
For the clamp dielectric, tensile and slip tests shall be performed and documented; for the brackets
mechanicaltests.Thesuspensionassemblyshallbesubjecttofatiguetest.
8.15.4
8.15.4.1
Insulatedfacadesaddle
Description
SaddleshallbeusedforsecuringABConwalls.Thesesaddlescanberapidlyfixedontoawallbemeans
ofascreworanail.Saddlesaretobesuppliedcompletewiththescrew(orthenail)andtheintegral
plug.Thedistancefromthewallisrequiredtobekept1cm.TheyshouldbeabletosecureallABCofthe
requiredcrosssection.Theirdesignmustprovideasecondaryinsulationbetweentheconductoranda
facade or any metal part of the saddle attaching to the facade. The design must permit them to be
attached to the facade before ABC is fitted. They must be used on concrete or wooden facades.
Afterwards the ABC must be releasable without removal of the first bundle. The insulating saddle
materialmustbeultravioletstabilized,beblackincolour,resistanttodegradationduetopollutionor
weathering.Exposedsteelpartsmustbehotdipgalvanizingorequalorbetterprotectionsurfacing.The
ABCshallbeinstallablewithoutspecialtool.
8.15.4.2
Tests
Thetestsshallincludedielectricandmechanicaltests.
8.15.5
8.15.5.1
Serviceaerialclamp/anchoringassemblyforservicecable
Description
Serviceaerialclampsshallbedesignedtofixconductorbundles atpolesand atbuildings. The clamps

shall be wedge type. They shall be made of mechanical and weather resisting material. No bolt for
clampingthebundlesandnoloselypartsareallowed.Alsonotoolshallberequiredforinstallationof
Nov.2013
77
Volume8
theclampinthefield.Partsdirectlyincontactwiththebundleshallbemadeofinsulatedmaterialsto
providesecondaryinsulationbetweenconductorsandmetalparts.
Theclampmustbesuppliedwithanattachmentofstainlesssteelbraidorhook(aluminumisaccepted).
Oneserviceaerialclampshallacceptthedifferentbundlethereafter:
2x8mmAl
2x10mmAl
2x16mmAl
2x25mmAl
4x16mmAl.
8.15.5.2
Tests
Thetestsshallincludedielectricandsliptests.
8.15.6
Insulationpiercingconnectors
8.15.6.1
Description
Implementationrange:connectionofservicedropconductorstoABCnetworkandteeoffsofmain
bundledconductors.
Description:waterproof,highmechanicalandclimateresistant,insulatedstructureconnector.
The connector shall be insulated and suitable for use on live or deadlines. The insulation piercing
connectorshallnothavelosecomponentsthatareliabletobelostduringinstallation.Thehousingshall
be made entirely of mechanical and weather resistant plastic insulation material and no metallic part
outsidethehousingisacceptableexceptforthetighteningsystem.Thehousingshallbeanintegralpart
of the connector. The bolts shall include an overtorque shear head made of suitable material which
allows a clamping torque in conformity with the recommendation of the manufacturer, without the
needofanyspecialtool.
Itisabsolutelynecessarythatnoneoftheenergizedpartsoftheconnectorcanbereacheddirectlyby
the operator during connector installation. Insulation piercing connectors shall be dielectrically
waterproofedinthesamemannerastherelevantcable.Itshallwithstand6kVwhileimmersedunder
water(30cmdepth)for1minute.Thenumberandthelengthoftheteethshallbeadequateenoughto
penetrate the relevant bundled conductor insulation to establish proper contact without any contact
resistance and without the need to strip the bundled conductor insulation. To achieve the required
watertightnessaspecialrubbersealshallbeprovidedaroundtheteethofthepresentconnector.The
boltwashersshallbeofcorrosionresistanttype.
The current rating of the connectors shall be according to rating of the specific cables. Two types of
connectorsareprovidedandaresummarizedasfollows.
a) TeeoffconnectorformainnetworkABC
ABCmainandteeoffconnectorsshallbeofinsulationpiercingtypeonthemainconductor.Thetap
conductor may be disconnected for easy fault location and operation. These connectors shall be
withseparatetightening.
o
o
o
Application:ABCtoABC,separatetightening
Crosssectionmainconductor:Asrequiredandspecified
Crosssectiontapconductor:Asrequiredandspecified.
b) TeeoffconnectorforservicelinetoABCnetwork
Nov.2013
Volume8
ABC service connectors shall be of simultaneous insulation piercing type on main and tap
conductors.ServicelinescanbemadeofAluminium(ABC),Copper(insulatedconventionalwire)or
ConcentricCopper.Theseconnectorsshallbewithsimultaneoustightening1bolt,1tap.
o
o
o
o
o
o
Application:servicelinetoMainABC
Crosssectionmainconductor(ABC):Asrequiredandspecified
Crosssectionservicetap:8to25mm
Application:houseconnections,temporarilyconnections
Crosssectionmainconductor(ABC):Asrequiredandspecified
CrosssectionserviceABCtap:825mmAlcore.
8.15.6.2
Tests
Thetestsshallincludedielectricandwatertightnesstestsandtensiletestsonmainandtapconductor.
Nov.2013
79
Volume8
8.16 SinglephaseandthreephaseelectronickWhmeters
8.16.1
Standards
For the purpose of design, manufacture, quality of new material, test and manufacturing, the
equipment shall meet this Specification and the following International Electrotechnical Commission
(IEC)standardsandrecommendations:
EN 6205211: Electricity metering equipment (AC) General requirements, tests and test conditions
Meteringequipment
EN 6205321: Electricity metering equipment (AC) Particular requirements Static meters for active
energy(classes1and2)
EN6205331:Electricity meteringequipment(AC)ParticularrequirementsPulseoutputdevicesfor
electromechanicalandelectronicmeters(twowiresonly)
EN6205323:Electricitymeteringequipment(AC)ParticularrequirementsStaticmetersforreactive
energy(classes2and3)or
EN61000:Electromagneticcompatibility(EMC)
EN61268:AlternatingcurrentstaticVArhourmetersforreactiveenergy(classes2and3)
EN 6205361: Electricity metering equipment (AC) Particular requirements Part 61: Power
consumptionandvoltagerequirements
EN 61358: Acceptance inspection for direct connected alternating current static watthour meters for
activeenergy(classes1and2)
EN6205621:ElectricitymeteringDataexchangeformeterreading,tariffandloadcontrolDirectlocal
dataexchange
EN60529:Specificationfordegreesofprotectionprovidedbyenclosures(IPcode).
The above mentioned standards do not exclude other known national or international standards. The
Suppliershallindicateinhisoffertowhichstandardshisequipmentismanufacturedandsubmittothe
Employerwithhisofferacopyofthesestandards.
8.16.2
8.16.2.1
Basiccharacteristics
Characteristics
a) ElectronickWhmetersshallbeofoneelementforsingleandthreephaseinstallation
b) Nominalvoltageandservicetypeshallbe230/400Vfor3phasemetersand230Vforsinglephase
meters. Operating range shall be 15% of rated voltage. Autoprogrammable on range of 120
480VACshouldbealsoacceptable.
c) Nominalfrequency:50Hz5%
d) Nominalcurrentis10A(singlephase)and20A(threephase)
e) Maximumcurrentis30A(singlephase)and80A(threephase)
f)
Themetersaredirectlyconnected.
g) Bottomconnected
Nov.2013
Volume8
h) Accuracyclass;2(StandardIEC6205321)orbetter.
8.16.2.2
Requirementsformeasurement
a) Meters shall measure, by mean of digital sampling or any other recognized method the energy
consumption
b) Digitalalgorithmformeasurementsprocessingshalltakeintoaccountthepresenceofharmonics.
8.16.2.3
Protectionclass
Metershallbeabletooperateinaclosedmetalboxmountedoutdoor.Minimumprotectionclassshall
beIP53accordingtoIEC60529.
8.16.2.4
Readingofmeters
Incaseofinterruptionofelectricitysupply,electronicmeterregistershallretaininnonvolatilememory
allmeteredvalues.Readingshallbeperformedthroughdirectreadingfromdisplayasbasicmethod.
8.16.2.5
Display
All information registered by meter shall be shown on a liquid crystal display with alphanumeric
displaying.Minimumnumberofdigitsondisplayshallbe6.Displayformatforvaluesshallbeselected
byprogramming(numberofintegersanddecimals).
8.16.2.6
Nameplate
MetershallhavethefollowingminimuminformationprintedinEnglishorUrdulanguageinindelibleink:
a) Manufacturer'snameortrademark
b) Meterserialnumber.Ifserialnumberismarkedonaplatefixedtocover,thenumbershallalsobe
markedonmeterbase.
c) Metertype
d) Meterclass
e) Nominalvoltageoperatingrange
f)
Basecurrentandmaximumcurrent
g) Frequency
h) Accuracyclass
i)
Watthourconstant
j)
Yearofmanufacturing
k) Identificationofsystemservice(numberofwiresandconnection).
8.16.2.7
Metercover,terminalblockandmetercase
Metercase
Themetershallhaveacasemadeofpolycarbonate(PC)orofmaterialwithequivalentperformancefor
thispurpose.
Nov.2013
81
Volume8
Metercover
The meter cover shall be made of ultravioletstabilized polycarbonate or material of equivalent
performance for this purpose. It shall be so constructed and arranged that any nonpermanent
deformationshallnotpreventthesatisfactoryoperationofthemeter.
Terminalblock
Theterminalblockshallbemadeofpolycarbonate(PC)ormaterialofequivalentperformanceandrated
for the specified purpose. At the terminal block, the meter leads for direct connection are to be
connectedattheterminalsusingabrasscurrentbusbarandscrewsinaccordancewiththestandards
EN6205321andEN6205211,forconnectiontotheCTsrespectively.Auxiliaryandcontrolterminals
havetobemadeaccordingtothe"PLUGIN"principleorusingadequateterminals.Allterminalsshallbe
arranged in one terminal block and be suitable for front connection having adequate insulating
propertiesandmechanicalstrength.Themanneroffixingtheconductorstotheterminalsshallensure
firmanddurablecontactandbesecuredagainstlooseningtopreventundueheatingoftheconductors
or the terminals. The material of the terminal block shall be capable of passing the tests given in
standardISO75foratemperatureof135Candtheglowwiretestat960C.Theterminalsshallpermit
the connection of both solid and stranded aluminium conductor of a cross sectional of 1016mm.
TerminallayoutshouldcomplywithDIN43856/BS78561996/IEC61354andtheconnectionscheme
shouldbeclearlyindicatedunderneaththeterminal.
8.16.2.8
Sealingfacilities
Themeterdesignshallhaveprovisionsforthesealingofmeterelectronicshousingandterminalcover
by using seal wire and lead seal. The active part of the meter shall be factorysealed. It shall not be
possibletoremoveoropenthemeterwithoutirreparabledamageoftheseals.
8.16.2.9
Metering,recordinganddisplayfeatures
General
Themetershallprovidethefollowingmeasurements:
Exportedactiveenergyfor3phmeters
Exportedactiveenergyfor1phmeters.
Operatingreserve
Meterfunctionmustnotbedisruptedfor3or1phasepoweroutagesoflessthan500ms.Forapower
cutexceeding500msallnonstoreddatashallbestoredinanonvolatile(EEPROM)memory.
Backuppowersupply
Incaseofpoweroutage,RTCshallbesuppliedbyasupercapacitororbatterysothatRTCretainsdate&
timeuntilpowercomesback.Thesupercapacitormusthaveatleastacapacityof7daysincontinuous
operation of supply of RTC and an overall lifetime of min. 15 years. Recharge of the supercapacitor
should happen as soon as the power comes back and should not take more than 24 hours for a
complete recharge. Where a backup battery is used, it shall have a minimum 3year capacity at
continuousoperationundernormaltemperatureconditionsandexpectedlifetimeofatleast10years.
Theexchangeofthebatteryshallbepossiblewithoutremovingtheseal.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Othercapabilities
Themetershallcomplywiththeabovetechnicalspecificationsbutotheradditionalfeaturesshouldbe
welcomedforfutureupgradingorretrofit.Descriptionofthepossiblecharacteristicssuchastimeofuse
meteringorautomaticmeterreading,modem,etc.shallbeincludedonthebid.
8.16.3
Instructionmanuals
Foreachmetersupplied,one(1)completesetofthefollowinginstructionmanualsshallbeprovided:
Mounting,connectionandoperationmanuals,
Partsmanual,
Installation.
ManualsshallbewritteninEnglishlanguage.Thedescriptionsshallbeclear andprecise. Ifnecessary,
theyshouldbeaccompaniedbysketches,diagrams,etc.
8.16.4
8.16.4.1
Tests
Typetest
ThefollowingtypetestsshallbeconductedinaccordancewiththelatestIEC6205211.
Heating
Insulation
Outputelements
Functionalrequirementsandtests
Electromagneticcompatibility(EMC)
Radiointerferencesuppression
Othersaccordingtomanufacturer'sstandard.
Theabovetypetestsmaybeomittedifarecordoftests,confirmedbyrespectivecertificatesissuedbya
recognizedinstitution,canbesuppliedmadeonthesametypeandhavingidenticalcharacteristics.
8.16.4.2
Acceptancetest
EachbatchoftariffmetershallbeacceptancetestedinaccordancewithIEC61358.
TheSuppliershallsubmitsamplesofmeterstobecheckedandacceptedbythePurchaser
Sampleinspectionusingthevariableinspectionmethodshallapply.
Ifunsatisfactoryresultsoccurduetometererrorsnotbeingnormallyrecognizedandaccepted,then
themetersmaybeinspectedbyattributes.Adifferentsampleselectionoftariffmetersshallbeused
ifthebatchisinspectedbyrandom.
Ifunsatisfactoryresultsoccurusingtheinspectionbyrandommethod,theneither100%ofallmeters
suppliedshallbetestedortheentirebatchwillberejected.
Thesupplieroftheequipmentshallsubmitatdeliveryallprotocolsandtestresults(typetestsand
routinetests)performedonequipmentaccordingtointernationalstandards.
8.17 MVcombineddisconnectorandfusecutouts
Thisspecificationcoversthedesign,manufacture,testing,supply,deliveryandinstallationrequirements
of 11kV pole mounted, single phase, rod operated, combined disconnector and fuse cut out. The
Nov.2013
83
Volume8
technicalperformancecharacteristicsofthecombineddisconnector/cutoutfusearecompiledinTable
1816.
Table816:Combineddisconnector/fusecutout
11kV
12kV
Ratedfrequency
50Hz
Ratedcurrent
100A
Ratedshorttimecurrent
8kA
350mm
45kV
110kVp
8.17.1
8.17.1.1
MVdisconnector
Scope
This specification covers the general requirements of design, manufacture and testing of high voltage
11kVdisconnectorsforhighvoltageoverheadnetworks.
8.17.1.2
Applicablestandards
The equipment and the components supplied shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the
standardsspecifiedbelowandamendmentsthereof.
IEC60129(1984)Alternatingcurrentdisconnectorsandearthingswitches
IEC602651(1983)Highvoltageswitchesforratedvoltagesabove1kVandlessthan52kV
IEC60694(1996)Commonclausesforhighvoltageswitchgearandcontrolgearstandards
IEC 60273 (1990) Characteristics of Indoor & Outdoor Post Insulators for Systems with Nominal
Voltagegreaterthan1000V.
ISO8981&2(1988)MechanicalPropertiesofFasteners
ENISO1461(1999)Hotdipgalvanizedcoatingsonironandsteelarticles.
8.17.1.3
Design
Thedisconnectingswitchesshallbeofthreephasetype,suitableforoutdooruse.
They shall be used for isolating spur line/distribution substation from the energised section and they
shallbeofthesinglesidebreaktypeisolationwithmanualgangoperatedmechanism.
The disconnector shall be able to break a small current of 1.5A at 0.8 PF and necessary replaceable
auxiliaryarcingcontactsshallalsobeprovided.
The disconnector shall have the feature for install a load interrupter switch for 20A. The load
interruptionshallbeachievedbyprovidingaparallelcircuitforredirectingtheloadcurrentpathfrom
themainisolatorcontacts.Anarcchuteshallbeprovidedforeachswitchedpoleandcircuitinterruption
shalltakeplacewithinthearcchute.Insulatingbarriersbetweenthephasesandouterphasewiththe
enclosureshallbeincluded.
Nov.2013
Volume8
8.17.1.4
Construction
Theconstructionofthewholeunitcompletewithadjustablesupportbrackets,clampplates,bolts,nuts
andwashersshallbecompact,lightweightandrobust.
Themechanicaldesignandstrengthoftheunitandcomponentsshallbeabletobearthemechanical
forces on the terminals when installed and on operation. They should withstand the electrodynamics
forceswithoutreductionofreliabilityorcurrentcarryingcapacityoftheDisconnectors.
Theinsulatorsincorporatingthebreakingarmshallbesecurelyfixedtothephasecouplingbarsoasto
achieveapositiveclosingoropeningoperationofthethreephasessimultaneously.
8.17.1.5
Insulators
The insulators shall be ofsolid core post type. They shall be made of high quality insulating porcelain
utilisingcleanaerodynamicshedsgivingextendedcreepagedistancesandexcellentperformanceeven
underconditionsofheavyatmosphericpollution.
8.17.1.6
Stationaryandmovingcontacts
Thefixedandmovingcontactsshallbemadeoutofcopperalloyandthecontactsurfaceshallbesilver
plated.Thefixedcontactsshallbefittedwithstainlesssteelcompressionspringstoprovidetherequired
contactpressure.
8.17.1.7
Terminals
Clamptypeterminals,suitableforvertical/horizontalterminaltakeoff,madeofaluminumalloycastings
shallbeprovidedtoaccommodate4mmto20mmdia.aluminumconductors(ACSR)andAlXLPEcable.
8.17.1.8
Operatingmechanism
Itshallbesuitableformanualoperationwithpadlockingfacilitiesonlyinthefullyopenedorfullyclosed
position.
The operating mechanism shall be suitable for left hand or right hand mounting of the line post
structure.Thedirectionofoperation,ONandOFFpositionshallbeclearlyandindeliblymarkedonthe
disconnectoroperatingmechanism.
Thephasecouplingbarshallbepositioned,clampedandsecuredtothebaseframeforpositivedirect
drive. The drive lever shall be suitable for vertical mounting. Stainless steel piercing screws shall be
providedtosecuretheleveroncepositionedandclamped.
Theverticaldriverodshallbeof8metreslengthandfacilityforextendingorreducingthelengthofthe
verticaldriverodby1mshallbeprovided.Necessarythreadedcouplingsandoperatingrodguidesshall
alsobesuppliedwitheachoperatingmechanism.
Thecompleteoperatingmechanismwithoperatinghandleshallbearrangedforsteadyhandoperation
fromgroundlevel.NonageingandUVtreatedinsulationshallbeprovidedtotheholdingpartsofthe
operatinghandleforsafety.
The bearings of the mechanism shall be of permanently sealed corrosion proof, antifriction type and
freefrommaintenance.
All bolts and nuts to conform to the standard specified. The nuts and heads of all bolts to be of
hexagonaltype.
Nov.2013
85
Volume8
8.17.1.9
Mountingarrangement
The combined system shall be suitable for horizontal mounting on steel crossarms of two poles
transformersubstations.
8.17.1.10
Galvanizing
All steel components such as the base section, phase coupling bar, drive lever, vertical drive rod,
mountingattachments,operatingrodguideclamp,operatingmechanism,boltsnutsandwashersshall
beofhotdipgalvanized.
Except where specified to the contrary all iron and steel parts shall be galvanized after the processes
suchassawing,shearing,drilling,punching,filling,bendingandmachining.
GalvanizingshallbeappliedbyhotdipprocesstocomplywithENISO1461:1999forallpartsotherthan
threaded work and shall have a mean coating (minimum) thickness not less than 85pm. All threaded
sectionsshallhaveameancoating(minimum)thicknessnotlessthan45pm.
AllitemsshallbetreatedwithSodiumDichromatesolutionaftergalvanizingtopreventtheformationof
whiterust.
8.17.1.11
Tools
Anyspecialtoolsordevicesnecessaryforoperationandmaintenanceoftheunitshallbesuppliedwith
theunitandthecostofsuchtoolsshallbeincludedinthepricequotedfortheequipment.Anyother
sparesrecommendedbythemanufacturershallalsobeindicatedseparatelywiththeprices.
8.17.1.12
Ratingplate
The rating and data of the Disconnectors shall be engraved or embossed on a weather and corrosion
proofmetalplate.Theratingplatecontainingthefollowinginformationshallbepositionedatthebase
supportingframeofthepostinsulatorandshallbeprominentlyvisible.
Manufacturer'sIdentification:
a) CountryofManufactureandYearofManufacture.
b) NumberandtheYearofthestandardadopted.
c) DesignationofType,Classetc.andSerialNumber.
d) Ratedvoltageandfrequency(kV&Hz)
e) Rated1minutepowerfrequencywithstandvoltage(kV)wet.
f)
Ratedlightningimpulsewithstandvoltage(kV)
g) Ratedcontinuouscurrent(A)
h) Ratedshorttimewithstand(1sec.)current(KA)
i)
Ratedmechanicalterminalload(N)
j)
Mass(kg).
8.17.1.13
Testing
Typetests
Nov.2013
Volume8
The following Certificate of Type Tests carried out in accordance with the lEC 60129 (1984) and lEC
60694(1996).
Dielectrictests
Lightningimpulsewithstandvoltagetests
Powerfrequencywetwithstandvoltagetests
Artificialpollutiontests
Temperaturerisetests
Measurementoftheresistanceofthemaincircuit.
Shorttimewithstandandpeakwithstandcurrenttests
Mechanicalendurancetests
Routinetest
ThefollowingroutinetestsasperlEC60129(1984)shallbecarriedoutonallthedisconnectorsordered
andtheroutinetestreportshallbemadeavailablefortheobservationoftheCEBInspectoratthetime
ofinspection.
Powerfrequencyvoltagewithstandtests
Measurementoftheresistanceofthemaincircuit.
Mechanicaloperatingtest
8.17.2
8.17.2.1
Fusecutout
Design
Thefusecutoutsshallbecapableofbeingopenedonloadbymeansofabuiltinloadbreakingdevice
ofanarcchutetype.
Ingeneral,thefusecutoutswillbeinstalledfortheprotectionofdistributiongroundmountedandpole
mountedtransformers.Thefusecutoutsofferedshallbeclass2asdefinedinIEC602822.
The10kVloadbreakfusecutoutsofferedshallbeinaccordancewithIEC602822orANSIC37.41and
C37.42.Otherequivalentstandardsmayalsobeconsidered.
The20kVloadbreakfusecutoutsdescribedinthisspecificationareintendedtocorrespondtotypical,
expulsion type fuse cutout devices. However, the Supplier is free to propose alternative equipment
providedthereisnoreductionintheoperatingcharacteristicsrequired.Preferredalternativesaresuch
with enhanced operating characteristics, such as load break fuse cutouts, which would avoid the
necessityofoperatorshavingtouseloadbreakingtools;orfusecutoutsinwhichallthreefusetubes
dropatthesametimewhenoneortwofuseelementsmeltasaresultofanearthfaultoratwophase
shortcircuit.
Aderatingofthecontinuouscurrentratingoftheloadbreakfusecutoutsduetoaltitude,alongthe
lines of IEC 602822, will be acceptable, but the derating factor shall be given in the technical data
schedule.
8.17.2.2
Technicaldata
ThetechnicaldatatobemetarecompiledinTableXXXX(411)
Nov.2013
87
Volume8
8.17.2.3
Temperatureriselimits
Theassembliesshallberated105Cfornormalcircuitconditions.Thecompleteloadbreakfusecutouts
shall be able to carry continuously its rated current without exceeding the temperature rise limits set
outinIEC602822,orequivalent
8.17.2.4
Fuselinkrangeandclass
The11kVloadbreakfusecutoutsshallbesuitableinallrespectsforallstandardfuselinkswithinthe
range1Ato50AasperIECandNEMAstandards.
8.17.2.5
Interchangeability
ThefuseholderofaHVloadbreakfusecutoutshallbedimensionallycompatiblewithauniversalfuse
tubeofacorrespondingratingandwiththecorrespondingrangeofuniversalfuselinks.
8.17.2.6
Insulators
The insulators supporting the load break fuse cutouts shall be rated for operation at a maximum
voltageof12kVrespectively.Theinsulatorsshallbeofsolidcoreglazedporcelainofhighstrengthand
arcresistivitytypeandshallbebirdproof.Theyshallmeettheelectricalandmechanicalcharacteristics
specifiedinIEC60383.
Thebiddershallalsogivethefollowinginformationinthetechnicaldataschedule:
Theminimumdryflashovervoltagevalue;
Theminimumwetflashovervoltagevalue;and
The50Hzpuncturevoltageofinsulators.
8.17.2.7
Radioinfluencevoltage
The maximumradioinfluencevoltage shallbe250Vmeasuredat1MHzandinaccordancewith IEC

60437.
8.17.2.8
Clearances
Thebiddershallgivethefollowinginformationinthetechnicaldataschedulefor10kVloadbreakfuse
cutouts:
Minimumphasetophaseclearance;and
Minimumphasetoearthclearance
Minimumcreepagedistances.
8.17.2.9
Fuselinks
Thefuselinksarerequiredtogiveprotectionagainstshortcircuits.TheyshallconformtolEC,NEMAand
ANSIstandardsorequivalentandtheyshallbesorated;andshallhavesuchmeltingcharacteristicsasto
besuitableforselectiveoperationswiththefuselinksatpresentinuseonthesystem,namelytypeK
fastfuselinksandtypeTslowfuselinks,inconformitywithNEMASG2andANSIC37.42.
Inaddition,thefuselinksshallbesuitableforuseon10kVsystemsonoutdoor,singlevented,dropout
fusetubeswithorwithoutarcshorteningrods.Theyshallbecompatiblewithalluniversalfusetubes.
Thepreferredratingoffuselinksshallbe:
Nov.2013
Volume8
11kV:4A,10,20and50A.
The rated current of the fuse link is the maximum current, which it will carry continuously without
deterioration and undue heating. The bidder shall state on the technical data schedule the maximum
temperatureinCattainedbythefuselinkaftercontinuousoperationatmaximumrating.
ThetimecurrentcharacteristicsshallconformtoNEMAtypeKandtypeT.Thebiddershallsubmitwith
the bid the timecurrent performance characteristics of all the distribution fuse links on offer. The
performancecharacteristicsofthefuselinksshallinclude:
Meltingtimecurrentcharacteristics;and
Totalclearingtimecurrentcharacteristics.
Thetimecurrentcharacteristicsshallbepresentedascurves.
TheSuppliershallstatetheminimumandmaximummeltingcurrentsrequiredtomeltthefuselinksat
thethreeappropriatetimepoints(0.1s,10sand300sor600s;meltingcurrentsfortypeK(fast)fuse
links)accordingtoANSIC37.42.
Fuselinksshallbeoftheremovablebuttonheadtype.Thefusibleelementshallbepreferableofsilver
but silvercopper alloy it is acceptable. Fusible elements of tin are not acceptable. The bidder shall
completelydescribethecompositionofthefuselinkandofthefusibleelement.
Thediameterofthebuttonheadcaponthefuselinkshallbe19.1mmupto50A.
Fuse links shall be capable of withstanding a tension pull of 44.5N when tested cold (20C to 25C)
withoutmechanicalorelectricaldamagetoanypartofthefuselinks.
Thebiddershallcompletelydescribethecompositionofthefusetubesurroundingthefusibleelement,
itsresistancetocompression,collapseortwistingwhenbeinginstalledandthedegreeoffusetubewall
swellingwhenwet.
Thebiddershallalsoprovideinformationontheprecautionstobetakentoavoiddamagetothefuse
linkandtowhatextentthetimecurrentcharacteristicschangeovertime,makingfuselinksunreliable
onoverload.
Eachfuselinkshallbelegiblyandindeliblymarkedwiththefollowinginformation:
Manufacturersnameortrademark;
Typedesignation(KorT);and
Continuouscurrentrating.
8.17.2.10
Tests
Routinetests
RoutinetestsforfusecutoutsshallbeselectedfromthetypetestslistedinIEC60282orANSIC37.41.
Thebiddershallinclude,withthebid,sampletestreportsofroutineteststobecarriedoutandshalllist
theminthetestcertificatesschedule.
Typetests
Thefollowingtypetestsshallbecarriedoutonthefusecutouts:
Dielectrictests;
Interruptingtests;
Radiointerferencetests;
Nov.2013
89
Volume8
TemperaturerisetestsinaccordancewithIEC60060;
LoadbreakteststoANSIC37.41,ifapplicable;
Timecurrenttests;
Porositytest;and
Corrosionperformancetests.
Wherefault making tests havebeenperformedon the modelbeingoffered,the test certificatesshall

alsobeattached.
Thefollowingtestsshallbecarriedoutonthefuselinks:
Interruptingtests;
Temperaturerisetests;and
Timecurrenttests.
Toconfirmtheinterruptioncapacityofthefuselinks,fourtestsoftestseriesnumber5shallbecarried
outwiththecharacteristicssetoutinTableIVAofIEC602822or,alternatively,fourtestsoftestseries
number5withthecharacteristicsoftable3ofANSIC37.41.ThetestloadshallhavetheX/Rratiogiven
intable6ofthesameANSIstandard.
The temperature rise of the cutouts, containing the fuse links being tested in accordance with ANSI
C37.41,shallnotgoabovethelimitssetoutontable2ofC37.40
Forthetimecurrenttests,comprisingmeltingtimecurrenttestsandtotaltimecurrentclearingtests,
theminimummeltingcurrentcharacteristicsofanyfuselinkshallagreewiththevaluessetoutintable
6ofANSIC37.42.
Corrosionperformancetests
Performanceshallbetestedaftertheloadbreakcutouthasbeensubjectedto1,000hoursofcorrosive
salt spray, in conformity with IEC 60507. An equivalent field experience in coastal sites shall be
acceptable.
The bidder shall confirm that the current carrying contacts shall meet the temperature rise
requirementsafterapproximately20yearsofcoastalexposureandthatothermetalpartsshallretain
theirmechanicalstrength.
8.17.2.11
Operatingtools
Theloadbreakfusecutoutswillbeoperatedbymeansofstandardoperatingrod.Theloadbreakfuse
cutoutsofferedshallnotimpedethismeansofoperation.
8.17.3
8.17.3.1
Assembly
Mainassembly
Thecombinedsystemwillbeinstalledon2polestransformersubstationasdescribedabove.Topand
bottomcontactsubassembliesandmountingfittingsshallbepottedintotheporcelaininsulators.The
upperfixedcontactassemblyshallbeshieldedandpositivelylatch.
All contacts shall be designed to give permanent current carrying capacity at rated current, after
exposuretotheAfghanclimateforupto20years.Allcurrentcarryingcomponentsshallbeofcopperor
copper alloy. Terminals shall be of copper or heavily tinned bronze, suitable for both copper and
aluminum conductor up to 120mm ACSR and compressed palm lugs. Contacts shall be heavily silver
cladoneachsideofeachinterface.Embossedsurfaceswithwipingactionarepreferred.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Theuppercontactshallhavesafetylatchtopreventuppercontactfromdroppingduetovibrationand
mountedwithstainlesssteelbackupspringtoensurethecontactpressurebetweenstationarycontact
andthemovablecontactofthefuse.
The lower contact shall house a. stainless steel back up spring to ensure high contact pressure with
positivecontributiontoreleaseofthetoggleconnection.
Ferrous components shall be made preferably of stainless steel or galvanized to BS 729. The
manufacturershallstatethemassandthicknessofzinccoatingonthetechnicaldataschedule.
Theloadbreakfusecutoutshallbedesignedsuchthatthefusetubecanbeclosedwithoutusingundue
careevenwhentheclosingforceisappliedatanangle.Theangleoffusetuberelativetothevertical
shall be stated in on the attached technical data schedule and it shall be less than 20. The cut out
insulatorsshallpreferablybemarkedwiththeratedvoltageandwiththebasicimpulselevelinsulation.
8.17.3.2
Fusetubeassembly
Thefusetubesinthe11kVloadbreakfusecutoutsshallbecapableofacceptinglECorNEMAfuselinks
uptoamaximumcontinuouscurrentratingof50A.
Thetogglemechanismshallprovidealockingactiontoprotectthefuselinkfromshock.Astainlesssteel
springassistedflippershallassistarcinterruptionbywithdrawalofthefusetail.
The fuse tube cap may be of the expendable type. The arc shortening rods, if provided, shall be
permanentlyattachedtothefusetubecap.TheFusetubeshallbemadeofhighstrengthsyntheticfibre
tolessenmoistureabsorptioninsidethetubeandtoextendthelifeofthefuseholder.Fusetubeshall
beheavilycoatedwithenameltoprovideprotectionagainstultravioletrays.
Aliftingeyeshallbeprovidedonthefusetubeanddesignedforusewithastandardoperatingrod.
Thefusetubesshallbepermanentlymarkedwiththefollowing:
Nameofmanufacturerand/ortrademark;
Model;
Ratedvoltage;
Continuouscurrentrating;and
Rms,symmetrical,ratedinterruptingcapacity.
Nov.2013
91
Volume8
8.18 Surgearresters
8.18.1
General
requirementsof10kVnonlinear,metaloxideresistortypesurgearresters,withoutsparkgaps,required
bythenetworksdescribed.
WhileIEC600994isquotedthroughoutthisspecification,comparableinternationalstandardssuchas
ANSI/IEEEC62.11orNEMALA1willbeacceptable,butinanydiscrepancy,thisspecificationshalltake
precedence.
8.18.2
Performancecharacteristics
ThesurgearrestersshallmeettheperformancecharacteristicsshowninTable817,consistentwithan
ungroundeddeltasystemathighvoltage(10kV)andafourwiresolidlygroundedneutralsystemandhe
lowvoltageside.
Table817Surgearresterperformancecharacteristics
SurgearrestertypeMOX
11kV
Ratedfrequency(Hz)
50
Nominalsystemvoltage(kV)
11
Maximumsystemvoltage(kV;rms)
12
creepagedistance(mm)
350
Shortcircuitratingat50Hz,0.2s(kA)
20
Longdurationimpulsecurrentat200s(A)
200
Minimum10secondspowerfrequencywetwithstand(kV
60
Normaldischargecurrent8/20scurrentwave(kAp)
10
Highdischargecurrent4/10scurrentwave(kAp)
100
The metal oxide resistor type shall be housed in porcelain or polymeric containers and shall be
hermeticallysealed.
8.18.3
Terminals
Terminalsofsurgearresterscoveredbythisspecificationshallbeconstructedthatconductorsofcopper
oraluminummaybeattachedtheretowithoutdangerofcorrosion.Tothisend,thearresterterminals
shall be cadmium plated or given alternative treatment which meets with the project manager's
approval.
Full particulars of such alternative treatment shall be submitted at the time of tendering, and must
receivethewrittenapprovaloftheprojectmanager.
The phase and earth terminals shall include a conductor clamp and all necessary bolts, locknuts and
washers. The terminal material shall preferably be either stainless steel or, alternatively, a plated
nonferrousmetal,suitableforconnectionofACSRinacorrosivesaltladenatmosphere.
The arrester terminals shall be suitable for use with a palm lug non tension conductor terminals and
withthefollowingrangesofconductorsizes:
Nov.2013
Volume8
Aluminumconductor:25mmto120mm.
8.18.4
Mountingarrangement
SurgeArrestersshallbesuitableforverticalorhorizontalmounting.
Mountingbracketsshallbeprovidedtofacilitatemountingofarrestersonchannelirontypecrossarms.
Othermountingarrangementswillalsobeconsidered.
Alternatively,thesurgearrestorsmaybefixedontheHVdisconnectionswitch.
Detailsofthemountingarrangementsshallbesupplied.
8.18.5
8.18.5.1
Tests
Routinetests
Theminimumrequirementforroutinetestsshallbe:
Measurementofreferencevoltage;
Residual voltage test for lightning impulse current in the range between 0.01 and 2 times the
nominaldischargecurrent;
Checkforabsencefrompartialdischargesandcontactnoise,inconformitywithIEC60270;
Currentleakagetests;and
Leakagecheckonthehousingseals.Thebidshalldescribethesensitivecheckingmethodadoptedby
themanufacturer.
ThesetestsshallbecarriedoutinconformitywithIEC600994.
The reference voltage of each arrester shall be measured at the reference current selected by the
manufacturer.
InadditiontotestsspecifiedinIEC600994,thesurgearrestersshallbesubjectedtoameasurementof
theleakagecurrentatvoltagescorrespondingto100%,60%and40%oftheratedvoltage.
8.18.5.2
Typetests
ThefollowingtypetestsshallbecarriedoutinconformitywithIEC600994:
Insulationwithstandtests,includinglightningimpulsevoltagetestandpowerfrequencyvoltagetest;
Residual voltage tests, including steep current impulse residual voltage test, lightning impulse
residualvoltagetestandswitchingimpulseresidualvoltagetest;
Longdurationcurrentimpulsewithstandtests;
Operating duty tests, including accelerated ageing test to determine voltage levels for duty tests,
heat dissipation behaviour test, either high current impulse operating duty test or switching surge
operatingdutytestandteststoverifythermalstability;
Pressure relief tests, where applicable, including high current pressure relief test and low current
pressurerelieftest;
Testsofarresterdisconnectors,ifapplicable;
Artificialpollutiontests;
Partialdischargetests;and
Sealleakagetests.
Beforeproceedingwiththelongdurationcurrentimpulsewithstandtest,thelightningimpulseresidual
voltageatnominaldischargecurrentofeachtestsampleshallbemeasuredforevaluationpurposes.
Nov.2013
93
Volume8
Afterthelongdurationcurrentimpulsewithstandtesthasbeencarriedout,andafterthesamplehas
cooled to near ambient temperature, the residual voltage tests which were made before the long
duration current test shall be repeated and the test specimens shall be judged by their physical
conditionsandbycomparisonoftheoscillogramstakenduringbothsetsofresidualvoltagetests.
Thevaluesofresidualvoltageshallnothavechangedbymorethan5%andvisualexaminationofthe
samples shall reveal no evidence of puncture, flashover, cracking or other significant damage of the
metaloxideresistors.
Artificialpollutiontestingshallbecarriedoutonsurgearresters,inaccordancewithIEC600993andIEC
60507tosimulaterelevantpollutionconditionsrepresentativeofthoseoccurringinservice.
Pollution flashover of the surge arrester surface is a serious matter operationally and performance in
thisrespectshallalsobedetermined.
Themanufacturershallelaborateontheeffectofpollutionontheperformanceofthesurgearresters
offered.
Thebiddershallstatethestandardtowhichthesealleakagetestshavebeencarriedout.
8.18.5.3
Acceptancetests
Acceptance tests shall be carried out, in conformity with IEC 600994, on the nearest lower whole
numbertothecuberootofthenumberofsurgearresterstobesupplied.Thefollowingtestsshallbe
carriedout:
Measurement of power frequency voltage on the complete arrester at the reference current
measuredatthebottomofthearrester.
Lightning impulse residual voltage on the complete arrester at nominal discharge current or at a
suitablelightningimpulsecurrent,dependingonthemanufacturer'schoiceofroutinetestprocedure
Partial discharge test. The discharge intensity shall not exceed 50pC at 1.05 times the continuous
operatingvoltageofthesurgearresters.
A special thermal stability test as per IEC 600994 may be requested by the purchaser prior to the
commencementofarresterassembly.
The bidder shall include details of any acceptance tests recommended on housings and will include a
sampletestreport.
8.19 11kVcable
8.19.1
Technicalrequirements
Thecabledesignofferedshallmeetthefollowingrequirements:
Tripleextrudeddielectricsinglecorecablehaving:
Strandedcircularcopperconductor
Drycuredcrosslinkedpolyethyleneinsulation
Nonmagneticwirearmour
Outerhighdensitypolyethylene(HDPE)orpolyvinylchloride(PVC)serving.
The outer serving shall be capable of withstanding a 10kV DC test voltage for five minutes after
installation and annually thereafter. Current ratings shall be calculated in accordance with IEC 287
Nov.2013
Volume8
"Calculationofthecontinuouscurrentratingofcableswith100%loadfactor".Thecabledesignoffered
foruseshallmeetthefollowingrequirements.
8.19.2
Conductors
Theconductorshallbestrandedcoppercircularcompacted,Class2asperIEC228.
8.19.2.1
Conductorsizes
Thefollowingconductorsizeswillbeused:35mm.
8.19.2.2
Conductorshield
The conductor shield shall consist of an extruded black thermosetting semiconducting material.
ConductorshieldthicknessshallmeettherequirementsofAEIC5TableD1.
8.19.3
Insulation
Theinsulationshallconsistofcrosslinkedpolyethylene,XLPE.InsulationthicknessshallconformtoIEC
502,TableIV.
8.19.3.1
Insulationshield
The insulation shield shall be an extruded thermosetting semiconducting material extruded

simultaneouslywiththeconductorscreenandinsulation(tripleextrusion).Theshieldcolourshallbein
contrast to that of the XLPE insulation so that any particles of insulation shield, adhering to the
insulation,afterstripping,willbevisible.ShieldthicknessshallmeettherequirementsofAEIC5,Table
D2.Theinsulationshieldshallbeplainlyidentifiedasasemiconductingmaterialat300mmintervals.
Thefollowinglegend,oritsequivalentshallbeprintedontheinsulationshield:"SEMICONDUCTING
REMOVEWHENSPLICINGORTERMINATING".
The shield shall meet the "strippability" test requirements of a National or International standard,
detailsofwhichshallbesubmittedbyBidder.
Whereaspecialtoolisrequiredforstripping,detailsofsuchtool,shallbeprovided.
8.19.3.2
Metallicshielding(corescreens)
The screen shall consist of copper wires and one or two copper conducting tape spirals. The screen
wiresshalllieinalonglaydirectlyover,andinintimate contactwith, theinsulationscreen.Thetape
spiralsshallbeappliedincounterhelixover,andinelectricalcontactwith,thescreenwire(s).
Theshieldcrosssectionalareashallbe35mm.
Screen wire and tape dimensions, electrical characteristics and geometry shall comply with the
requirementsofDINVDE0273,Clause5.9.
8.19.3.3
Fillersandbindingtape
Thethree(3)individualcoreswithcoppertapescreenshallbelaiduptogether.Thecoresshallbelaid
upwitharighthanddirectionoflay.Theintersticesshallbefilledwithsuitablenonhygroscopicfillers
togivethecompletedcableasubstantiallycircularcrosssection.Asuitablebindingtapeshallbeapplied
overthelaidupcoresandthefillermaterial.
Nov.2013
95
Volume8
8.19.3.4
Corebedding
The core shall be covered with an extruded bedding of PVC compound which shall be formed tightly
aroundthecable.ThethicknessofthebeddingshallcomplywiththerequirementsofIEC502,Clause
6.6.
8.19.3.5
Armour
The armour shall be applied helically in a layer of nonmagnetic wire over the armour bedding layer.
ArmourshallcomplywiththerequirementsofIEC502,Clause11.
8.19.3.6
Oversheath
An oversheath of red coloured PVC shall be applied over the armour wires. The oversheath shall be
embossed at regular intervals as per clause 12.4 of this specification and shall comply with the
requirementsofIEC502,Clause12.
8.19.4
Coreidentification
Thecoresshallbeidentifiedonthenonmetallicpartoftheinsulationscreenbylegiblenumberingalong
thewholelengthofeachconductor.Coresshallbenumbered1,2,3.
Nov.2013
Volume8
9 Spareparts,toolsandsiteconsumables
9.1 Spareparts
All spare parts to be supplied shall be interchangeable with the corresponding parts of all the works
suppliedunderthesespecificationsandshallbeofthesamematerialandworkmanship.Theyshallbe
replaceablewithoutcuttingordestructionofadjacentcomponents.
EachSuppliershallsubmitcompletelyfilledinlistsofspecifiedsparepartsandtoolsaccordingtotheBill
of Quantities. Moreover, lists of recommended spare parts shall be included to each bid, comprising
those spare parts which are recommended to store for a period of at least three (3) years, for
maintenancepurposesmainly.Theselistsshallstipulatedetaileddescriptionsandprices.
Aftermutualdiscussion,itshallbefinallydecidedwhichofthespecifiedorrecommendedsparepartsor
toolsshallbeincludedinthescopeofsupply.
All spare parts shall be protected against corrosion / decay and shall be marked with identification
labels. All spare parts, tools and materials shall be delivered in marked boxes of sufficient sturdy
constructiontowithstandlongtermstorage.
About5%,butatleasttwopiecesofalltypesofbolts,screws,nuts,washers,spannerringsandcotters
shall be provided and hand over to the operator. Other spare parts shall be provided for a period of
three(3)yearsofoperationafterthedateofthecompletionoftheproject.
9.2 Toolsandappliances
Allcustomaryandspecialtools,aswellasauxiliarydevicesincludingliftingdevices,ropesetc.necessary
fortotalassemblyanddisassemblyandrepairofallpartsofthesuppliedworksshallbeprovidedtothe
operator.Allliftingdevicesandwireropesslingstobeusedatsiteshallbetestedatworks.
Suitabletoolboxesshallalsobeincludedinthedelivery.Anitemizedlistanddescriptionofallprovided
tools,auxiliarydevicesetc.shallbefixedineachtoolbox.
9.3 Siteconsumables,lubricatingoilandgreaseforfirstfilling
5%ofthequantityofpaintingmaterial,butatleastoneliter,innewsealedcontainers,forlaterrepair
worksand330%oflubricatingoils,insulatingoilsandgreasesetc.requiredforfirstfillingintheplant
andequipmentsuppliedbesupplied(sufficientforthefirstthreefillingsandforpreparatoryworks).
9.4 Specifiedsparepartsandtools
ThefollowingsparepartsandtoolstobehandedovertotheEmployershallbesuppliedforthevarious
equipmentandinstallationssubjecttothescopeoftheworks.
9.4.1
Distributiontransformers
Primarystandardporcelainbushingsforoutdoorpolemountedandindoordistributiontransformers.
Primarypluginbushingsforcompactsubstationtypetransformers.
Lowvoltagebushings.
Firepercentoftotaloilquantityofsuppliedtransformersdeliveredindrumsspeciallysealedforsite
conditions.
Nov.2013
97
Volume8
9.4.2
9.4.2.1
Tools
Scope
The tools and equipment shall comply with this specification. The pictures that are included in this
chapterareforreferenceofthetoolsandequipmentonly.
Thematerialsandequipmentsuppliedshallconformtoappropriatenormsandinternationalstandards.
Intheabsenceofrecommendations,thesuppliershallgivedetailedinformationabouttheequipment.
Minimum of one year warranty for any manufacturing defects shall be provided for all tools and
equipment.
9.4.2.2
CablecutterforcopperandAAACconductors
This conductor cutter shall be capable of cutting

aluminum, aluminum alloy and copper conductors of
240mm maximum cross section. This mechanical
cutter shall be ratchet type or direct type. For a
ratchet type this cutter shall have an ergonomic
handleforonehanduse.Foradirecttype,thiscuttershallhaveapproximatelyalengthofleverhandle
of700mm.Thissystemisdeliveredinacarryingcase.
9.4.2.3
CablecutterforACSRconductors
This conductor cutter shall be capable of cutting ACSR

conductors of 185/30mm maximum cross section. This
mechanicalcuttershallberatchettypeordirecttype.For
aratchettypethiscuttershallhaveanergonomichandle
foronehanduse.Foradirecttype,thiscuttershallhavea
minimumlengthofleverhandleof700mm.Thissystemshallbedeliveredinacarryingcase.
9.4.2.4
CablecutterforEHSguywire
This conductor cutter shall be capable of cutting 12mm

Extra Strength (EHS) and standard guy wire and 12mm
mildsteelrodsandbolts.Thismechanicalcuttershallbe
ratchetordirecttype.Foraratchettypethiscuttershall
haveanergonomichandleforonehanduse.Foradirect
type,thiscuttershallhaveaminimumlengthofleverhandleof700mm.Thissystemshallbedelivered
inacarryingcase.
Nov.2013
Volume8
9.4.2.5
HandoperatedhydraulicACSRcablecutter
This cable cutter shall be capable of cutting ACSR cables of

19mm diameter (including aluminum and copper cable). The
length of the cutter shall not be less than 500mm. This
equipment shall be delivered in a carrying case. The supply
include hydraulic cable cutter, cutter blade and fixed cutter
head.Thisequipmentshallbedeliveredinacarryingcase.
9.4.2.6
Handoperatedhydrauliccablecutter
Thisconductorcuttershallbecapableofcuttingaluminumandcoppercablesof85mmdiameter.This
manual hydraulic cutter shall be supplied with a revolving head. The hydraulic pump shall be double
stagetype.Thisequipmentshallbedeliveredinacarryingcase.
9.4.2.7
HandOperatedHydraulicPress4.5TonMinimumCapacitywithDiesforMainand
ServiceABC
Thehydraulicpressshallbehandoperated,havinganoutputcapacityof4.5tonsminimumandsuitable
for making all compression type preinsulated joints for LV ABCnetwork or other insulated conductor
from 4mm up to 150mm. The press must be supplied with H revolving with quick opening and
closinghead.Thepressurerelieveshallbeautomaticallyactuatedwhenthecompressioniscompleted.
Acompletesetofhexagonaldiesformakingalljointsshallbesupplied.Thediesmustbemadeoftool
steel which shall possess high strength to withstand the mechanical stresses to which the dies are
subjectedinusewithoutdamage.Thesteelpartshallbesuitablyprotectedagainstcorrosion.
Thediesizesshallbeofinternationalstandardtype(s).
ThisHandoperatedhydraulicpressshallbedeliveredwitharingforattachmentandacarryingcaseable
toaccommodatethepressandallthenecessarydies.
9.4.2.8
Handoperatedhydraulicpress12toncapacitywithdiesforMVoverheadnetwork
Thehydraulicpressshallbehandoperated,havinganoutputcapacity
of12tonsormoreandsuitableformakingallcompressiontypejoints
for MV overhead network. The press must be supplied with C
revolving head. The pressure relieve shall be automatic when the
compressioniscompleted.
Acompletesetofhexagonaldiesformakingalljoints(AAACandASCR
conductors) for cross sections between 25 and 240mm shall be
supplied. In addition, a complete set of dies for LV ABC shall be
supplied. The dies must be made of tool steel, which shall possess
high strength to withstand the mechanical stresses to which the dies are subjected in use without
damage. The steel part shall be suitably protected against corrosion. The die sizes shall be of
internationalstandardtype(s).
ThisHandoperatedhydraulicpressshallbedeliveredwithacarryingcaseabletoreceivethepressand
allthenecessarydies.
9.4.2.9
Electrohydraulichighpressurepumps700barandsetofaccessories
Nov.2013
99
Volume8
a) Electrohydraulicpump
The hydraulic pump of 700 bars shall be powered by an electric
motorof500Wat220VAC,50Hz.A5mlongconnectingcableis
suitable. It shall be able to supply hydraulic energy to a
compression head of 20kN of output force located on a pole of
12meterheight.
An excesspressure valve shall protect the highpressure pump
against overload. The pressure relieve shall be automatically
operatedwhenthecompressioniscompleted.
Acarryingcaseshallbesupplied.
b) Pluggablehydrauliccompressionhead
This compression tool of "U" type head with tilting arms shall be used
with the single action pump described in a). It shall have a minimum
outputforceof120kN.Thereturnoftheinternaljackshallbedrivenbya
spring.
This tool shall allow compression of joints and connectors for MV
overheadnetworks(copper,AAAC,ACSR)andMV/LVundergroundnetworks(copperandaluminum).A
carryingcaseshallbesupplied.
c) Hydraulichoses
3hydraulichosesof3meterlengthand2hydraulichosesof6meterlengthshallbesupplied.Theyshall
be equipped with male and female quick couplers locked by balls. These hoses shall be capable of
withstandingaworkingpressureof700bars.Acarryingcaseorbagshallbesupplied.
d) Dies
Acompletesetofdiesforjunctionsleeves,anchorsleeves,lugs,connectorsforMVoverheadnetwork
of copper, AAAC and ACSR (50 up to 185/30 mm) and MV / LV underground network of copper and
aluminum cable (16 up to 300 mm) shall be supplied. Carrying cases for each type of dies shall be
supplied.
9.4.2.10
80kNhydrauliccrimpingtoolwithrechargeablebattery
HydraulicCrimpingToolwithrechargeablebatteryshallbeusedforindentationorhexagoncrimpingof
thefollowingconnectors:
C,fromC10toC50
XCT, XCT.C, XCT.EQ copper tubular lugs and XG7T copper joint
sleevesfrom6to240mm
DIN46235copperLugs&Sleevesfrom10to185mm
DPD7forgedterminallugsandXL7/XG7copperterminalsfrom16
to240mm
INDUSALACXandACX.Cterminallugsfrom35to240mm
LVinsulatedlineconnectorsfrom16to150mm
LVMVbareoverheadlineconnectorsfrom6to240mm.Itisalso
abletoroundtheconductorswith7Rdies.
Nov.2013
Volume8
The design shall be compact, selfcontained and rapid electro hydraulic tool for crimping of
connectors from 6 to 240 mm2, ergonomic design and balanced weight allow crimping to be done
onehandedandreducewristfatigue,shoulderstripforeasyhandling
Automaticreleasewithanaudible"click"whenforceof80kNisreached.Returnofpistonbyrelease
trigger.
Theoperationwithrechargeablebatteryfor100to150crimpsoperationspossiblebeforerecharging.
Lightindicatorgivesthestateofthecharge,showstheendofthecrimping.
Acompletesetofdiesforjunctionsleeves,anchorsleeves,lugs,connectorsforMVoverheadnetwork
of copper, AAAC and ACSR (50 up to 185/30mm) and MV / LV underground network of copper and
aluminum cable (16 up to 300mm) shall be supplied according a technical specifications for
conductors,cablesandaccessoriesspecifiedinthebiddingdocuments..Carryingcasesforeachtypeof
diesshallbesupplied.
Accessories:
Batteries,plusonespare
Chargers
Metalliccarryingcase.
9.4.2.11
StrippingtoolforXLPEcable
Thetoolshallcover:Strippingoutersheet,StrippingsemiconductorandStrippingXLPEinsulation.Extra
blades for the tool shall also be delivered. The tool shall cover24kV cables with dimensions 1x50 to
1x240mm2,0.6/1kVcable4x50to4x150mm2.
9.4.2.12
Microohmmeter
This microohmmeter is required for metering low resistance, such as contact resistance of switching
equipment(breakers,isolators,switchesorbus/linejoints)accordingtoIEC600546.Itshallbecapable
of being carried to any particular site substations, customers' premises for the purpose mentioned
above.
Itshallallowchangingthedirectionofthecurrentiftherearevoltagesthatinterferewiththeaccuracy
ofthemeasurementarepresent.
Theswitchcoversanymeasurementrangeandacurrentcorrespondstoeachrangewhichisselected
automaticallyfrom0.1mAto100A.Themeasuringrangeoftheapparatusshallbe1upto200m.
The indications appear on a liquid crystal display of 4 digits LED 0.5 high, with decimal point and
negative()sign.Thetimerequiredforthedisplaytostabilizewillbeof10secondsorless.
This apparatus includes an alarm warning if the measurement is impossible: (open circuit, protective
fuseontheinstrumentblown).
Theinstrumentshallnotbeusedonlivesystems;however,itshallbeprotectedagainstavoltageof30
VpeakbetweenanyoftheRxterminals.
Thisinstrumentuses120/240V;50/60Hzfrequency,withbattery.
Theminimumdielectricstrengthwillbe1500Vprotectedbyafuse.
ThedegreeofprotectionshallbeIP543accordingtostandardIEC60529,thesafetyclassIIasperIEC
60348andinkeepingwithIEC61010.
Nov.2013
101
Volume8
Theaccuracyclassshallbe1%ofreading+the2leastsignificantdigits(range50Ato100A)and2%
ofreading+the1leastsignificantdigit(range10Ato20A).
ThemaximumambienttemperatureCwillbe40Candamaximumrelativehumidity(%)85%.
Itwillbepresentedinaplasticworksitecasewithahandleandweightshalllessthan20kg.
A complete set of cables for current 2*15 m, a standard grounding cable, a current shunt and an
instructionmanualandotherspecificaccessorieswillbeincluded.
9.4.2.13
Electronicvoltagedetectorforbareconductors
Voltagedetector
This electronic voltage detector with acoustic and optical signal shall be suitable for bare MV
conductors.Thevoltagedetectingrangeshallbefrom5upto36kV.
TheliveconductorshallbesignaledbyapowerfulbuzzerandaredLED.
This equipment shall be totally insensitive to the electrical fields and shall detect voltage on contact
only.Itshallbeequippedwithanintegraltestingdevice.Aluminoussignalshallindicatetheautomatic
testingoftheapparatusallalongoperation.Itshallbesuppliedwithacompletesetofcontactprobes.
Thisvoltagedetectorshallbesuitabletobefixedwithauniversalfittinganditshallbedeliveredina
carryingcase.
Oneuniversalfitting,telescopicandinsulating,2meterminimumstickshallbesupplied.
9.4.2.14
Electronicvoltagedetectorforseparableconnectorcapacitivedividers
This electronic voltage detector with acoustic and optical signal shall be suitable for detection of
voltagesfrom5upto36kVcapacitivedividersinstalledonMVseparableconnectors.
TheliveseparableconnectorshallbesignaledbyapowerfulbuzzerandaredLED.
Thisequipmentshallbetotallyinsensitivetoelectricalfieldsandshalldetectvoltageoncontactonly.It
shallbeequippedwithanintegraltestingdevice.Aluminoussignalshallindicatetheautomatictesting
oftheapparatusallalongoperation.Itshallbesuppliedwithspecificprobeforcapacitivedivider.
Thisvoltagedetectorshallbesuitabletobefixedwithauniversalfittinganditshallbedeliveredina
carryingcase.
Oneuniversalfitting,telescopicandinsulating,2meterminimumstickshallbesupplied.
9.4.2.15
PhasingtesterforMVoverheaddistributioncircuit
ThisMVvoltmetershallallowthemeasureofvoltagelevelandphasingbetweenoverheadconductors.
It shall be composed of two fiberglass testers with high impedance, two contact pieces and housing
containingavoltmeter.Theconnectionbetweenthetwotestersshallbemadewithaninsulatedflexible
cable.
The range of the apparatus shall be from 5 up to 24 kV. It shall be supplied with a complete set of
contactprobes.
Thisphasingtestershallbesuitabletobefixedwithauniversalfitting.
Itshallbedeliveredinacarryingcase.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Twouniversalfittinginsulatingsticksof3meterlengthshallalsobesupplied.
9.4.2.16
Insulatorpuncturedetector
Thisportablesystemisusedtodetectinternalcrackingonporcelaininsulatorspriortototalfailure;it
shallbecapableoftestingsuspensiontypeinsulatorsontoastandardhotstickforenergizedlines.This
systemshallbereadilyhandledbyonelinemanandshallbesafetouseon24kVnetwork.Theresultof
thetestshallbeeasilyindicatedtothelinemanwithanaudibleorlightingsignal.
ThissystemshallbedeliveredwithallfacilitiesneededtochargethelinecapacitorfromaVDCbattery.
Itshallbedeliveredwithuniversalfittingstobefixedonsticksforoverheadnetwork;necessarystick(s)
of3meterlengthwithuniversalfittingsshallbesupplied.
Allthisequipmentshallbedeliveredinacarryingcase.
9.4.2.17
Linefaultlocator
Thisportablesystemshallbeusedtomonitorthestatusofundergroundcable,anddetectpinpointfault
onundergroundcable.Thisequipmentshallbebasedonanaudiblesignalinjectedinthecablebyan
audiofrequencygenerator.Thisequipmentshallconsistoffourunits:
alinelocatortolocateaburiedcable,
afaultlocatortolocatethefault(withafaultlocationresistanceuptooneM),
atransmitterunittopowertheaudiofrequencysignalinthreefrequencybands(approx.0.5kHz,1
kHzand10kHz).
areceiverwithearphones.
Thisequipmentshallbedeliveredwithacarryingcaseandbatteries.
Nov.2013
103
Volume8
9.4.2.18
Portablemultimeter
This portable multimeter shall be of clamp type and shall be used to measure
currentandotherelectricimportantvalueswithouttheneedtobreakthecurrent
circuit.
Thisclampmultimetershallbecapableofmeasuring:
CurrentthroughtheuseofHalleffectsensorsinthemagneticcircuit,thetrue
RMS values can be measured up to 1500 A AC. The accuracy class shall be <
1.5%.
Voltage, the true RMS value can be measured up to 600V ACand 1000V DC.
Theaccuracyclassshallbe<1%.
Activepowermeasurement,
Apparentpowermeasurement,
Powerfactormeasurement,
Frequencymeasurement,
Autorangingforeachfunction,
Theindicationsshallappearonaliquidcrystaldisplay.
Theclampofthemultimetershallbeabletomeasurecurrenton55mmdiametercable.
The degree of protection shall be IP40, the safety class II 6 kV as per IEC 60348 and it shall be in
accordancewithIEC610101.600VCATIII.Thisequipmentshallbesuppliedwithallaccessories,battery
andinacarryingcase.
9.4.2.19
Threephaseportableearthingkitfor24kV
Three phase portable earthing kit for 24 kV shall be complete with all leads, clamps, earth spike and
carryingbagforuseonMediumVoltageoverheadlinesandcables.
9.4.2.20
Lead
Lengths to be sufficient for overhead lines with phase distance 2 m. The leads are to be 50 mm2 Cu
earthingstrapwithtransparentplasticinsulation.
ClampsforleadaretobesuitableforconnectiontobothACSRlineandbolts.
ClampsshallbeoperatedwithBayonetsockettypeoftool.
9.4.2.21
Earth
Lengthsshallbesufficientforoverheadlinesat12maboveground.Theearthistobe50mm2flexible
Cuearthingstrapwithtransparentplasticinsulation.Clampsshouldbeofuniversaltype.
Operatingrod
Operatingrodshouldbe aglassfiberreinforcedoperating poleforoutdoorusewithrainskirtsandit
shouldatleasthaveinsulationlevelfor24kV.Itshallalsohaveawarningaxleformarkingof600mm
insulatedlength.TherodshalloperateBayonetsockettypeofclamp.
9.4.2.22
Noncontactphasesequenceindicator
Thephasesequenceindicatorisforuseinlowvoltagesystem.
Nov.2013
Volume8
Noncontactdetectionofphasesequence.
Selfadjustingtocorrectphaseiflinefrequencyvaries.
Autoshutoffformaximumbatterylife.
Proximitysensormeanssafe,noncontactsequence.
Accessoriesincluded:(1)9Vbattery,case.
9.4.2.23
Cablelengthmeters(600m)
Feature:
Directreadlengthmeasurementsupto600mindifferentsizes
of copper or aluminum insulated cable up to 500 kcmil (240
mm2).31/2digitLCDreadout.
Calibration coil included for compensation of temperature
coefficients.
Thesupplyshallbeincludedallnecessaryaccessories.
Capacity1.5240mm2
CableSizeCrossSection
1.5,2.5,4,6,10,16,25,50,70,120,185&240mm2
MeasuringLength600m
Accuracy,2%.
Batteries29V,included.
9.4.2.24
Cablelengthmeters(2000m)
Easy to operate, calibrate and set for cable being

measured.41/2digitLCDreadout.
Calibrationcoilincludedforcompensationoftemperature
coefficients.
Thesupplyshallbeincludedallnecessaryaccessories.
CableSizeCrossSection
1.5to500mm2
MeasuringLength
5metersthrough2000metersin1/10meterincrements;
Accuracy,2%.
Batteriesincludedwithcharger
9.4.2.25
Portableinfraredthermometer
Portableinfraredthermometerfornoncontacttemperaturemeasurementis
for use in medium voltage and low voltage system, over head line and
undergroundsystem.
Theinfraredthermometershallbehavethefollowingfutures:
Sightingmethods:Lasertodefinethecenterofthemeasurementarea.
Workingdistance:5cmto20m
Temperaturerange:10Cto600C
Nov.2013
105
Volume8
Temperatureresolution:0.1Cto600C
Accuracy:1%ofthereading/+2%forreadingbelow10C
Temperature mode: Current temperature, average temperature, maximum/minimum temperature,
differentialtemperature,temperatureunitselection(CorF),memoryandplaybackallowscrollingof
memorizedtemperature.
Temperaturedisplay:LCD,4digits,automaticbacklighting.
Controls: Power ON (auto power OFF with no loss of memory), Up/Down scroll keys, and Laser
disengagekey.
Powersource:9VNiMHrechargeable
Batterylife:40hourswithoutlaser(9Vreplaceablebattery)
Ambienttemp.range:Operating0to50C,storage20to60C
Mounting:1/420threadfortripodmount
Accessories: Carrying case, replaceable battery, operating manual, charger battery, NiMH Battery,
communicatorsoftware.
9.4.2.26
Heavydutyrotaryhammerwithaccessories
Theelectricalrotaryhammershallbeforusebitofthe35mmdiameterminimum,withtwooperating
modes:hammerwithrotationandhammeronly.Thishammerisforuseinconcretepoles.
Thehammershallbedesignedwithisolationsystemtoreduceoperatorfatigueandincreasescomfort
and control. Both handles "float" to absorb hammering action. Dial speed control for rpm and bpm
allowsusertomatchhammerspeedandpowertoapplication.
Thesupplyshallinclude10setsthefollowingsbits:
Diameter(mm)/max.drillingdepth(mm)
14
22
22
25
25
35
Nov.2013
Volume8
9.4.2.27
Heavyduty12mmdrill
Theelectricaldrillshallbeheavydutytype,withvariablecontrolspeed,
twomodeoperations(hammerwithrotationandrotationonly),and360
PositiveLockSideHandle.230VAC,50Hz.
Thesupplyshallbeincluded10setcompletethebits:5mmto12mm.
Allthisequipmentshallbedeliveredinacarryingcase.
9.4.2.28
Ratchethoist
Ratchethoististobeusedforpullingoverheadconductors.
Theyshallbeoflinkchainstylewithapullingloadof2000daN(safetycoefficient=5).Atnominalload
theeffortexertedonthelevershallnotexceed30daN.
The single fall chain shall be made of high strength alloy steel with a minimum working length of 1.5
meteranditshallbesuppliedwithhooksinaccordancewiththenominalload.
9.4.2.29
Insulatingladder
Thisonesectionstraightinsulatingladdershallbemadeoffiberglassandpolyester.Thestepscouldbe
made of aluminum. The length shall be 4 meters. They shall have a high mechanical resistance to
bendingandtwistingandhighresistanceagainstclimaticconditionsandcorrosiveelements.
Theinsulationbetweentwostepsshallbemorethan22kV.
Nov.2013
107
Volume8
10 Annexes
Annex1: TechnicalDataSheets..................................................................................................109
Annex2: Drawings......................................................................................................................125
Annex3: DesignExamples..........................................................................................................228
Nov.2013
Volume8
Annex1: Technicaldatasheets
Technical data sheets should be filled by the supplier. It provides a fast overview on critical technical
parameters.Itcanalsobeusedtocompareoffersfromdifferentsuppliers.
The completeness of and the way how the data sheets are filled is also a good indicator of the
professionalismofthesupplier.
Nov.2013
109
Volume8
Annex1.1
11kVOverheadconductor
Description/Details
Unit
OverheadConductor
Manufacture
Manufacturer'sCode
Type
ACSR
Nominalareaofconductor
mm
120
Strandingaluminium
mm
26/2.44
Strandingsteel
mm
7/1.9
Maximumcurrentrating
Specified
Offered
Conductorresistance
ohm/km
Conductorimpedance
ohm/km
Conductorinductance
mH/km
Conductorcapacitance
F/km
Shortcircuitrating
t=1.0seconds
t=3.0seconds
Conductorweight
kg/km
Maximumdrumwoundlengths
Fulldrummaximumweight
kg
0.2345
494
Nov.2013
Volume8
Annex1.2
Description/Details
ABCcableandaccessories
Unit
Specified
Offered
AerialBundledConductor(ABC)
Manufacture
Manufacture'sCode
Type
Nominalvoltagerating
kV
Numberandnominalsizeofcore
0.6/1.0
mm
Materialphaseconductor
Materialneutralconductor
mm
Neutralconductorinsulated
Yes/No
Insulationthickness
mm
Maximumconductortemp.rating
Maximumcurrentrating
Conductorresistance
ohm/km
Conductorimpedance
ohm/km
Conductorinductance
mH/km
Conductorcapacitance
F/km
Shortcircuitrating
t=1.0seconds
kA
t=3.0seconds
kA
Ultimatetensilestrength
kN
Cableweight
kg/km
Maximumdrumwoundlength
Fulldrummaximumweight
kg
Nov.2013
111
Volume8
Annex1.3
LVcablesandaccessories
Description/Details
Unit
Specified
LVCables
Manufacturer
Manufacturer'sCodeN
Numberofcores
Nominalconductorarea
mm
TypeofConductor
Stranding
N/mm
Voltagerating
kV
Insulationthickness
phase
mm
neutral
mm
Al
Offered
0.6/1.0
Insulationmaterial
XLPE
Sheathmaterial
HDPE
Sheaththickness
mm
Ultimatetensilestrength
kN
Weight
kg/mm
Conductorresistanceat20C
ohm/km
Maximumcontinuousloadcurrent
amps
Maximumshortcircuitrating
t=0.1seconds
kA
t=0.2seconds
kA
t=0.3seconds
kA
t=1.0seconds
kA
>500
Drumdiametermaximum
mm
2500
Drumwidthmaximum
mm
1400
Fulldrumweightmaximum
kg/mm
3000
MinimumBendingRadium
mm
MaximumPullingTension
kN
EarthingConductor
Manufacturer
Manufacturer'sCodeN
Nov.2013
Volume8
Description/Details
Unit
Specified
Offered
Numberofcores
Nominalconductorarea
mm
35
Conductormaterial
Cu
Stranding
mm
Voltagerating
kV
Insulationthickness
mm
Insulationmaterial
Weight
kg/mm
Conductorresistanceat20C
ohm/km
Maximumcontinourloadcurrent
Maximumshortcircuitrating
t=0.1seconds
t=0.2seconds
t=0.3seconds
t=1.0seconds
Fulldrumweightmaximum
kg
Foreachsizeonedatasheetshallbefilled
0.6/1.0
PVC/XLPE
Nov.2013
113
Volume8
Annex1.4
Description/Details
Unit
Insulators
Specified
Offered
LinePostInsulators
Manufacturer
Manufacturer'sCodeN
Type
SystemVoltage
Post
kV
20
MaterialofInsulator
Designation(ANSIC29.6)
Cantileverstrength
kN
Nominaldiameter
mm
150
Nominalheight
mm
305
mm
630
Minimumnominalcreepage
distance
Min.powerfrequencyflashover
voltage
dry
kV
wet
kV
.
..
length
mm
Pinheight
mm
Weight
kg
StringInsulators
Manufacturer
Manufacturer'sCodeN
Type
Disc
MaterialofInsulator
Designation(IEC60305)
U70BL
Mechanicalfailingload
kN
Nominaldiameter
mm
255
Nominalspacing
mm
146
distance
mm
280
Altitudefactorusedfor2.000m
Nov.2013
Volume8
Description/Details
Unit
Specified
dry
kV
78
wet
kV
45
Puncturevoltage
kV
110
Ballandsocketcouplings(IEC60120)
mm
16
Offered
Minpowerfrequencyflashover
voltage
Weight
kg
GuyWireInsulators
Manufacturer
Manufacturer'sCodeN
GuyWire
Type
MaterialofInsulator
90
Mechanicalfailingload
kN
Nominalsize
mm
distance
Min.powerfrequencyflashover
voltage
60
mm
dry
kV
35
wet
kV
18
Weight
kg
Nov.2013
115
Volume8
Annex1.5
Description/Details
Distributiontransformers
Unit
Specified
ThreePhase11/0.4kVDistributionTransformersPoleMounted
Offered
Manufacturer
Manufacturer'sCodeN
Ratedoutput
kVA
50100160250315400630
Ratedfrequency
Hz
50
Ratedprimaryvoltage
kV
20
Ratednoloadsecondaryvoltage
400/230
Vectorgroup
Dny5
kV
12
Insulationlevels
LI125/AC50/AC3
Temperatureinsulationclass(IEC
6000076)
Typeofcooling
ONAN
Maximumtemperaturerises
Numberofphases
Highestprimaryvoltageofprimary
windings
windings
65
topoilwith
conservator
60
topoilwithout
conservator
55
Typeofprimarytappingoffload
+10.+7.5.+5.0+2.5
0,2.5.5.7.5.10
Impedance
NOLOADLOSSS
Watts
LOADLOSSESatratedloadand75
C
Watts
Magnetisingcurrentatnominal
voltage
Amp
Efficiencyat75Cand:
100%loadPF1.0
PF0.8
75%loadPF1.0
PF0.8
50%loadPF1.0
Nov.2013
Volume8
Description/Details
Unit
Specified
Offered
PF0.8
25%loadPF1.0
PF0.8
Regulationatfullloadand:
PF0.8
PF1.0
Totalweightmaximum
Typeofoil
Materialofwindings
Dimensions
Width
mm
Length
mm
Height
mm
Typeofbreather
Isthetransformerhermetically
sealed?
Yes/No
yes
Doesthetransformeralreadyhave
typetestcertificates?
Yes/No
CertificationofPCBfreeoil
yes
Foreachsizeonedatasheetshall
befilled
Nov.2013
117
Volume8
Annex1.6
Description/Details
Unit
MVsurgearrestor
Specified
Offered
Manufacturer
Manufacturer'sCodeN
Type
MOX
Systemvoltage
kV
11
Ratedvoltage
kV
12
BIL
kV
>95
Weight
kg
Nov.2013
Volume8
Annex1.7
Description/Details
Unit
LVequipment
Specified
LVMouldedCaseCircuitBreakers
Offered
Manufacturer
Manufacturer'sCodeN
Type
Numberofpoles
Ratedcurrent
Maximumratedcurrent
Shorttimecapacity(1min)
Ratedvoltage
Breakingcapacity(rms)
Makingcapacity(peak)
Time/currentcharacteristics
Hydraulic+electromagneticor
thermal+electromagnetic
Nonignitablehighimpact
mm
kg
Typeofcontrol
Materialofcasing
Terminalsizes(Aluminium
conductor)
Dimensions
Weight
70300mm
Nov.2013
119
Volume8
Annex1.8
Description/Details
Lowvoltageelectronicmeters
Unit
Specified
Offered
SinglePhase5(20)AMeter
Manufacturer
Model
Ratedvoltage
Frequency
Hz
Nominalcurrent
Maximumcurrent
Measurementmethod
AccuracyclassaccordingtoIEC62053
21
Errorlimits:
Nominalload
InductiveloadCosPHI<p=0.5
Minimumload,<0.05In
Servicetype
Connectionform
Startingcurrent
mA
Voltagecircuit
VA
Currentcircuit
VA
Protectionclassacc.toIEC60529
Environmentalinfluences:
Temperaturerangeforoperation
Temperaturerangeforstorage
Humidity
mm
kg
Burden
Dimensions(lengthxwidthxdepth)
Weight
Nov.2013
Volume8
Display:
Numberofdigitsforquantities
Sizeofdigit
ThreePhase10(40)AMeter
Manufacturer
Model
Ratedvoltage
Frequency
Hz
Nominalcurrent
Maximumcurrent
Measurementmethod
AccuracyclassaccordingtoIEC62053
21
Errorlimits:
nominalload
inductiveloadCosPHI<p=0.5
minimumload,<0.05In
Servicetype
Connectionform
Startingcurrent
mA
Voltagecircuit
VA
Currentcircuit
VA
Protectionclassacc.toIEC60529
Environmentalinfluences:
Temperaturerangeforoperation
Temperaturerangeforstorage
Humidity
mm
Burden
Dimensions(lengthxwidthxdepth)
Nov.2013
121
Volume8
Weight
kg
Display:
Numberofdigitsforquantities
Sizeofdigit
Nov.2013
Volume8
Annex1.9
Description/Details
11kVcombineddisconnectorandcutoutfuse
Unit
Specified
Offered
Nameofmanufacturer/Countryof
origin
Applicablestandard(number&year)
Type
Outdoor/indoor
Doublebreak/singlebreak
Sidebreak/verticalbreak
Catalogueno./modelno.
outdoor
Ratedvoltage
kV
12
Ratedfrequency
Hz
50
Ratedcontinuouscurrent
100
kA/sec.
3s
Ratedshorttimecurrent
kA
20
Ratedpeakwithstandcurrent
kA
50
Ratedshorttimecurrent/duration
Ratedinsulationlevel:
Lightningimpulsewithstand
voltage(1.2/50us)
Powerfrequencywithstandat50
Hz
- Wet
- - dry
Powerfrequencyflashovervoltage
at50Hz
Totalcreepagedistance(phaseto
earth)
Dimensionsofoperatingrod/pipe
(vertical)
kV
110
kV
kV
mm
Diameter
mm
Length
mm
Distancebetweenphasecentres
mm
Separationbetweenopencontacts
mm
mm
Yes/No
Applicablerangeofsizesof
conductorstotheterminals
Isthefacilityprovidedforlockingof
operatingmechanisminfullyopen
orfullyclosedposition?
Nov.2013
123
Volume8
Isthe"ON"and"OFF"positionand
directionofoperationofthe
operatingmechanismclearly
marked?
Yes/No
Istheholdingpartoftheoperating
handleinsulated?
Yes/No
kg
Totalweight
Nov.2013
Volume8
Annex2: Drawings
Nov.2013
125
Volume8
PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND MANUALS
DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
INDEX
Transmission & Distribution Networks

1.
1.1
MV CABLES / ACCESSORIES
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.1.4
T1
T2
J1
C2
1.2
OVERHEAD MV CONDUCTOR / ACCESSORIES
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
C6
S1
S2
C7
S3
C8
1.3
ABC LV CABLES & ACCESSORIES
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.3.4
1.3.5
1.3.6
1.3.7
1.3.8
1.3.9
1.3.10
1.3.11
1.3.12
1.3.13
1.3.14
1.3.15
1.3.16
1.3.17
1.3.18
1.3.19
1.3.20
C9-1
C9-2
C9-3
S4
N1-1
N1-2
N2
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C16
Y1
S5
S6
C17
C18
C19
DATE
PAGE NO.
OUTDOOR TERMINATION KIT 11kV, XLPE insulation

INDOOR TERMINATION KIT 11kV, XLPE insulation
STRAIGHT JOINT KIT 11kV, XLPE insulation
SHRINK CAP, XLPE insulation
ALUMINIUM CONDUCTOR STEEL REINFORCED (ACSR)

COMPRESSION SPLIES, full tension for ACSR
REPAIR SLEEVE, for ACSR conductors
COMPRESION TAP CONNECTOR, Type H
COMPRESSION STIRRUP CONNECTOR for ACSR
HOT LINE CLAMP, for installation on compression stirrups
ABC CABLES (QUADRUPLEX) 0.6/1V, aluminium conductor

SPIRAL (PIG TAIL) HOOK
NUT HOOK
NUT HOOK
NUT HOOK (EXTERNAL ANGLE)
SUSPENSION CLAMP, ABC, small angles
SUSPENSION CLAMP, ABC, tension, dead end, large angles
SUSPENSION CLAMP (UP TO 30), ABC
TENSION SUPPORT CLAMP, ABC
DEAD-END CLAMP, ABC, for non-insulated neutral AAAC with cutting
DEAD-END CLAMP, ABC, for non-insulated neutral AAAC without cutting
SUSPENSION CLAMP (UP TO 30)
YOKE UNIVERSAL
PRE-INSULATED SLEEVES
COMPRESSION SLEEVES (FULL TENSION)
INSULATION PIERCING CONECTOR
SEALING CAP 0.6/1kV
TRANSITION CONNECTOR, ABC to LV
Comment
Nov.2013
Volume8
INDEX

1.4
INSULATORS & ACCESSORIES
1.4.1
1.4.2
1.4.3
1.4.4
1.4.5
1.4.6
1.4.7
1.4.8
1.4.9
1.4.10
1.4.11
1.4.12
I1
I2
I3
C20
C21
B4
N3
E1
P1
P2
P3
P4
1.5
MISCELLANEOUS
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.3
1.5.4
1.5.5
1.5.6
1.5.7
1.5.8
1.5.9
1.5.10
1.5.11
1.5.12
1.5.13
1.5.14
A1
B1
B2
B5
C22
C23
G1
R1
S7
S8
S9
W1
W2
W3
1.6
GUY
1.6.1
1.6.2
1.6.3
1.6.4
1.6.5
1.6.6
1.6.7
1.6.8
1.6.9
A2
CONE ANCHOR, concrete
G2
GUY HOOD, ductile iron, hot dip galvanized
G3
GUY END, galvanized steel
G4 TAPERED GUY (GUARD)
N4 THIMBLEYENUT, galvanized steel
R3 THIMBLEYE ANCHOR ROD, galvanized steel
R4 TWINEYE ANCHOR ROD, galvanized steel
S12 SPLIT BOLT, copper to galvanized
W4 GUY WIRE
DATE
PAGE NO.
SUSPENSION INSULATOR, porcelain, ball& socket

PIN TYPE INSULATOR, porcelain
GUY INSULATOR, porcelain
WEDGE TYPE TENSION CLAMP
WEDGE TYPE TENSION CLAMP, for ACSR conductor with current loop
BALL CLEVIS
EYE NUT
SOCKET EYE STRAIGHT
POLE TOP PIN
SHORT SHANK PIN
OFFSET POLE TOP PIN
DOUBLE ARMING PLATE
SURGE ARRESTER
DOUBLE ARMING BOLT
MACHINE BOLT
BUCKLE FOR STRAPS
COPPER CONDUCTOR
GROUND STUD CONNECTOR (SPILT BOLT)
GROUND WIRE MOULDING GUARD
GROUND ROD
STRAP
STRAPS
FACADE SADLES
ROUND WASHER
SQUARE WASHER
SPRING LOCK WASHER
Comment
Nov.2013
127
Volume8
INDEX

2.
ASSEMBLIES
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
2.1.5
2.1.6
2.1.7
2.1.8
2.1.9
2.1.10
2.1.11
2.1.12
2.1.13
2.1.14
2.1.15
2.1.16
2.1.17
2.1.18
2.1.19
3.
AS-01
AS-02
AS-03
AS-04
AS-05
AS-06
AS-07
AS-08
AS-09
AS-10
AS-11
AS-12
AS-13
AS-14
AS-15
SINGLE CROSSARM STEEL (2000 mm)

DOUBLE CROSSARM STEEL (2000 mm)
SINGLE SUPPORT ON CROSSARM (TANGENT)
DOUBLE SUPPORT ON CROSSARM (ANGLE)
SINGLE SUPPORT ON TOP POLE
DOUBLE SUPPORT ON TOP POLE
DEAD-END ON CROSSARM
DEAD-END ON POLE
LV-SINGLE SUPPORT
LV-SINGLE DEAD-END
LV-SINGLE DEAD-END (existing spiral hook)
LV-DOUBLE SUPPORT (angle up to 60)
LV-SINGLE SUPPORT (external angle)
AS-16
AS-17
AS-18
AS-19
LV-DERIVATION SUPPORT
LV-SINGLE SERVICE DROP
LV-MULTIPLE SERVICE DROP
LV-SERIVE CONNECTION CUSTOMER WALL
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
3.1.5
3.1.6
3.1.7
3.1.8
3.1.9
3.1.10
3.1.11
3.1.12
3.1.13
MV-301C
MV-302C
MV-303C
MV-304C
MV-305C
MV-306C
MV-601C
MV-602C
MV-603C
MV-604C
MV-605C
MV-606C
TR-01
4.
SUB-STATION STRUCTURES
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.1.6
4.1.7
4.1.8
4.1.9
4.1.10
4.1.11
SS-101
SS102
LV-101
LV-102
LV-101
LV-102
LV-101
LV-102
SS-110
SS-111
SS-112
5.
LV STRUCTURES
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.1.5
5.1.6
5.1.7
LV-101
LV-102
LV-103
LV-104
LV-105
LV-106
LV-107
DATE
PAGE NO.
MV STRUCTURES
STRUCTURE M1, ALIGNMENT
STRUCTURE M2, ALIGNMENT, SMALL ANGLE
STRUCTURE M3, TENSION, LARGE ANGLE
STRUCTURE M4, TENSION, BRANCH
STRUCTURE M5, TENSION, DEAD-END
STRUCTURE M6, TENSION, SHACKLE
STRUCTURE MM1, ALIGNMENT, DOUBLE CIRCUIT
STRUCTURE MM, ALIGNMENT, SMALL ANGLE, DOUBLE CIRCUIT
STRUCTURE MM3, TENSION, LARGE ANGLE, DOUBLE CIRCUIT
STRUCTURE MM4, TENSION, BRANCH, DOUBLE CIRCUIT
STRUCTURE MM5, TENSION, DEAD-END, DOUBLE CIRCUIT
STRUCTURE MM6, TENSION, SHACKLE, DOUBLE CIRCUIT
POLE MOUNTED TRANSFORMER

ELECTRICAL SCHEME OF SUB-STATION
CONTROL AND DISTRIBUTION CUBICLE
WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROL AND DISTRIBUTION CUBICLE
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER - MOUNTING FRAME)
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER - INSTALLATION
SURGE ARRESTER - INSTALLATION
FUSE CUT OUT MOUNTING PLATFORM
FUSE CUT OUT INSTALLATION
EARTHING - SUB-STATION
EARTHING - DISTRIBUTION
STRUCTURE L1, ALIGNMENT (angle 0 to 30)

STRUCTURE L2, TENSION, SHACKLE
STRUCTURE L3, TENSION, BRANCH
STRUCTURE L4, TENSION, SHACKLE & BRANCH
STRUCTURE L5, ALIGNMENT, LARGE ANGLE (angle 30 to 60)
STRUCTURE L6, TENSION, RIGHT ANGLE (angle 60 to 90)
STRUCTURE L7, TENSION, DEAD-END
Nov.2013
Volume8
INDEX

6.
SWITCHING EQUIPMENT
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.1.6
PR-01
PR-02
PR-03
PR-04
CT-1
CT-2
DATE
PAGE NO.
RECLOSER WITH BYPASS SWITCH

RECLOSER WITHOUT BYPASS SWITCH
LOAD BREAK SWITCH
SINGLE SUPPORT ON CROSSARM DISCONNECTING SWITCH
MV CABLE TERMINATION TO OVERHEAD LINE FROM TRANSFORMER
MV CABLE TERMINATION TO OVERHEAD LINE FROM GRID/ JUNCTION
7.
8.
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1.1
8.1.2
M-001
M-002
9.
GUY
9.1.1
9.1.2
9.1.3
9.1.4
9.1.5
9.1.6
9.1.7
AN-S1
AN-D1
GU-S1
GU-01
GU-101C
GU-102C
GU-401C
10.
CABLES & CONDUCTORS
10.1.1
10.1.2
10.1.3
10.1.4
11.
C-001
TABLE OF CABLE AND CONDUCTORS ASSIGNATION
C-002
OVERHEAD LINE DESIGN CRITERIA
C-003
WEATHER CASE
C-004
SAG TENSION CALCULATIONS EXAMPLE
DESIGN EXAMPLES GOLAN ASTORE
CONDUIT INSTALLATION
PAD-MOUNTED FEEDER PILLER & METER BOX
ANCHOR WITH THIMBLEYE ROD

ANCHOR WITH TWINEYE ROD
SINGLE GUY
SINGLE OVERHEAD GUY
SINGLE DOWN GUY FOR LOW VOLTAGE
SINGLE DOWN GUY FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE
SINGLE OVERHEAD GUY
Comment
Nov.2013
129
Volume8
DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION
MATERIAL
MV CABLES/ACCESSORIES
DATE
PAGE NO.
T1
OUTDOOR TERMINATION KIT 11 KV, XLPE insulation
For cable size

a)
all sizes
Used for outdoor MV termination cable
T2
INDOOR TERMINATION KIT 12 KV, XLPE insulation
For cable size

a)
all sizes
Used for indoor MV termination cable
'
Comment
Nov.2013
Volume8
MV CABLES/ACCESSORIES
DATE
PAGE NO.
J1
STRAIGHT JOINTS KIT 11 KV, XLPE insulation
For cable size
a)
All sizes
Used for joint MV cable
C2
SHRINK CAP, XLPE insulation
For cable size
a)
All sizes
Used for protection of cable
Comment
Nov.2013
131
Volume8
OVERHEAD MV CONDUCTOR/ACCESSORIES
DATE
PAGE NO.
C6
ALUMINUM ALLOY CONDUCTOR STEEL REINFORCED (ACSR)
Overall
Breaking
Code
Weight
diameter
load
284
kg/km
a)
70/12
11.5 mm
26800 N
493 kg/km
b)
120/20
15.5 mm
45650 N
c)
185/30
741 kg/km
19.0 mm
66200 N
Used for transport energy in Medium Voltage
S1
COMPRESSIONSPLICE,fulltensionforACSRconductor
Conductor size
Overall diameter
a)
70/12 mm
11.5 mm
b)
120/20 mm
15.5 mm
c)
185/30 mm
19.0 mm
Used for joint conductor ACSR
S2
REPAIRSLEEVE,forACSRconductor
a)
Conductor size
Overall diameter
70/12 mm
11.5 mm
b)
120/20 mm
15.5 mm
c)
185/30 mm
19.0 mm
Used for repair conductor ACSR
Comment
Nov.2013
Volume8
OVERHEAD MV
CONDUCTOR/ACCESSORIES
DATE
PAGE NO.
C7
COMPRESSIONTAPCONNECTOR,TypeH
Main
conductor
Tap conductor (diameter)
(diameter)
a)
70/12 mm (11.5 mm)
70/12 mm (11.5 mm)
b)
120/20 mm (15.5 mm)
120/20 mm (15.5 mm)
c)
d)
e)
f)
185/30 mm (19.0 mm)

120/20 mm (15.5 mm)
185/30 mm (19.0 mm)
185/30 mm (19.0 mm)
185/30 mm (19.0 mm)

70/12 mm (11.5 mm)
70/12 mm (11.5 mm)
120/20 mm (15.5 mm)
Used for joint conductor ACSR
S3
COMPRESSION STIRRUP CONNECTOR, for ACSR conductor, casting aluminum alloy and stirrup copper rod
Stirrups
Casting for conductor
section
Size
Diameter
a)
70/12
11.5 mm
284 kg/km
b)
120/20
15.5 mm
493 kg/km
741 kg/km
c)
185/30
19.0 mm
H min = 95 mm and B min = 100 mm
Used for protect conductor of electric arcing
C8
HOTLINECLAMP,forinstallationoncompressionstirrups
a)
Main
Tap
4 - 10 mm
4 - 10 mm
Used for installation on energized conductor
Comment
Nov.2013
133
Volume8
ABC LV CABLES AND ACCESSORIES
DATE
PAGE NO.
C91
ABCCABLES(QUADRUPLEX)0.6/1KV,aluminumconductor;baremessengerinAlalloy,messengerdiameteradjusted
Phases
Neutral
conductor
messenger
a)
3 x 50 mm
1 x 50 mm
b)
3 x 95 mm
1 x 70 mm
c)
3 x 120 mm
1 x 70 mm
Used for transport energy in low voltage overhead line
C92
ABCCABLES(QUADRUPLEX)0.6/1KV,aluminumconductor;allinsulated,allloadbearing,equaldiameter
a)
Phases
conductor
3 x 50 mm
Neutral
messenger
1 x 50 mm
b)
3 x 95 mm
1 x 95 mm
c)
3 x 120 mm
1 x 120 mm
Used for support low voltage cables
C93
ABCCABLES(QUADRUPLEX)0.6/1KV,aluminumconductor;allinsulated,allloadbearing;messengeradjusteddiameter
a)
Phases
conductor
3 x 50 mm
Neutral
messenger
1 x 50 mm
b)
3 x 95 mm
1 x 70 mm
c)
3 x 120 mm
1 x 70 mm
Comment
Nov.2013
Volume8
DATE
PAGE NO.
S4
ABCCABLES(QUADRUPLEX)0.6/1KV,aluminumconductor
Dimensions
Diameter
Length
a)
M16
300 mm
b)
M16
360 mm
N11
Bolt HOOK (EXTERNAL ANGLE), for non-insulated neutral
For bolt
a)
M16
Used Used for support low voltage cables
N12
NUT HOOK (EXTERNAL ANGLE), for non-insulated neutral AAAC
For bolt
a)
M16
Used for support neutral messenger in low voltage overhead line
Comment
Nov.2013
135
Volume8
DATE
PAGE NO.
C10
Clamp, complete set for wall connection, small angles, for ABC
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
35 mm
50 mm
70 mm
95 mm
120 mm
Used for support ABC cable in low voltage overhead line
C11
Suspension clamp for ABC cable, DEAD-END CLAMP, tension poles, dead end and large angles
a)
b)
c)
d)
10-25 mm
35-50 mm
70-95 mm
95-150 mm
Used for ABC cable in low voltage overhead line
C12
SUSPENSION CLAMP (UP TO 30), for ABC cable, medium angles
Neutral section
a)
b)
d)
10-50 mm
50-95 mm
95-150 mm
C13
Tension support clamp, for ABC cable,
a)
b)
50-95 mm
95-120 mm
Used for support ABC cable in low voltage overhead line
Comment
Nov.2013
Volume8
DATE
PAGE NO.
C14
DEAD-END CLAMP, for non-insulated neutral AAAC with cutting
Neutral section
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
35 mm
50 mm
70 mm
95 mm
120 mm
C15
DEAD-END CLAMP, for non-insulated neutral AAAC without cutting
Neutral section
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
35 mm
50 mm
70 mm
95 mm
120 mm
C16
SUSPENSION CLAMP (UP TO 30), for non-insulated neutral AAAC
Neutral section
a)
b)
d)
35 mm
e)
120 mm
70 mm
95 mm
Y1
YOKE UNIVERSAL, with two suspension clamps (line angles up to 60)
a)
Neutral section
35 - 120 mm
Comment
Nov.2013
137
Volume8
DATE
PAGE NO.
S5
PRE-INSULATED SLEEVES, for Aluminum conductor according to Chapter F (Technical Specification)
Conductor section
a)
50 mm
b)
95 mm
c)
120 mm
Used for joint conductor LV
S6
COMPRESSION SLEEVES (FULL TENSION), for ABC cable: non insulated cable
Conductor section
a)
35 mm
b)
70 mm
Used for joint ABC cable
C17
INSULATIONPIERCINGCONNECTOR,forinsulatedoverheadlines
Main range
Branch range
a)
25-95 mm AL
25-95 mm AL
b)
50-120 mm AL
50-120 mm AL
c)
25-95 mm AL
4-70 mm CU
d)
50-120 mm AL
10-95 mm CU
Used for branch conductor
Comment
Nov.2013
Volume8
DATE
PAGE NO.
C18
SEALING CAP 0.6/1 KV
Used for protection cables LV
C19
TRANSITIONCONNECTOR,betweenLVABCandbareLVline
a)
Main conductor
Tap conductor
-------
11.5 mm
Used for repair conductor ACSR
Comment
Nov.2013
139
Volume8
INSULATOR AND ACCESSORIES
DATE
PAGE NO.
I1
SUSPENSION INSULATOR, porcelain, ball and socket
Mechanical
Disc diameter
Spacing
failing load
a)
175 mm
110 mm
40 kN
Used for support conductor Medium Voltage
I2
PIN TYPE INSULATOR, porcelain
a)
Diameter
Height
238 mm
158 mm
Mechanical
cantilever load
20 kN
Used for support conductor Medium Voltage
I3
GUY TYPE INSULATOR, porcelain
a)
Diameter
Height
73 mm
140 mm
Mechanical
tensile strength
53 kN
Used for Guy wire (max. wire diameter: 16 mm)
C20
WEDGE TYPE TENSION CLAMP, for ACSR conductor without current loop
Conductor size
Overall diameter
a)
70/12 mm
11.5 mm
b)
120/20 mm
11.5 mm
c)
185/30 mm
19.0 mm
Used for support conductor ACSR
Comment
Nov.2013
Volume8
DATE
PAGE NO.
C21
WEDGE TYPE TENSION CLAMP, for ACSR conductor with current loop
a)
Conductor size
Overall diameter
70/12 mm
11.5 mm
b)
120/20 mm
11.5 mm
c)
185/30 mm
19.0 mm
B4
BALL CLEVIS, galvanized steel for suspension insulator
Minimum Breaking strength
a)
130 kN
UsedforsupportconductorACSR
N3
EYE NUT, galvanized steel
For bolt Diameter
a)
M16
130 kN
E1
SOCKET EYE STRAIGHT, galvanized steel for suspension insulator
a)
130 kN
UsedforsupportconductorACSR
Comment
Nov.2013
141
Volume8
DATE
PAGE NO.
P1
POLE TOP PIN, galvanized pressed steel for pin type insulator
L
H
S
Hole diameter
Slotted hole
a)
500 mm
280 mm
200 mm
18 mm
18 x 32 mm
Used for support conductor on pole Medium Voltage
P2
Dimensions
A
B
C
Shank diameter
a)
180 mm
40 mm
75 mm
M20
Used for support conductor on crossarm Medium Voltage
P3
Dimensions
L
A
B
S
Hole diameter
a)
550 mm
110 mm
300 mm
200 mm
18 mm
Slottedhole
18x32mm
Used for support conductor on pole Medium Voltage
P4
DOUBLE ARMING PLATE, hot dip galvanized short shank pin P2
Dimensions
L
A
B
S
Hole diameter
a)
600 mm
370 mm
50 mm
100 mm
22 mm
Used for mounting short shank insulator pin
Comment
Nov.2013
Volume8
DATE
PAGE NO.
A1
SURGEARRESTER,typegapless,grey,siliconrubber,insulatedbracket
Rated
Rated
max
Rated
continuous
operation
discharge
Rated frequency
operating
voltage
current (peak)
voltage
a)
24 kV
19 kV
10 kA
50 Hz
Used for overvoltage protection
B1
DOUBLE ARMING BOLT, metric thread, 4 hexagonal nut, galvanized steel
Dimensions
Minimum
breaking strength
Diameter
Length
a)
M16
250 mm
55 kN
b)
M16
300 mm
55 kN
c)
M16
350 mm
55 kN
d)
M16
400 mm
55 kN
e)
M20
300 mm
80 kN
f)
M20
350 mm
80 kN
g)
M16
500 mm
55 kN
h)
M16
550 mm
55 kN
Used for assemblies double crossarm
B2
DOUBLE ARMING BOLT, metric thread, 4 hexagonal nut, galvanized steel
Dimensions
Minimum
breaking strength
Diameter
Length
a)
M10
50 mm
19 kN
b)
M10
125 mm
19 kN
c)
M12
50 mm
35 kN
d)
M12
150 mm
35 kN
e)
M12
250 mm
35 kN
f)
M12
300 mm
35 kN
g)
M16
200 mm
55 kN
h)
M16
250 mm
55 kN
i)
M16
300 mm
55 kN
j)
M20
250 mm
80 kN
k)
M20
300 mm
80 kN
l)
M20
350 mm
80 kN
m)
M20
50 mm
80 kN
n)
M12
475 mm
35 kN
o)
M12
525 mm
35 kN
Used for assemblies single crossarm, pole top pin
Comment
Nov.2013
143
Volume8
MISCELLANEOUS
DATE
PAGE NO.
B5
BUCKLE FOR STRAPS, stainless steel
Dimensions
L
a)
21 mm
Used for attach cables protection
C22
COPPER CONDUCTOR, stranded; yellow-green insulation for earthing
Conductor size
Overall diameter
a)
25 mm
6.40 mm
b)
35 mm
7.60 mm
Used for earthing electrical system
C23
GROUND STUD CONNECTOR (SPLIT BOLT), copper bonded
Stud diameter
Conductor range
a)
12 mm
25 mm
b)
12 mm
35 mm
Used for connect ground lug pole inside to external ground
G1
GROUND WIRE MOLDING GUARD, plastic, grey color
Dimension
a)
Length
12 mm
2400 mm
Used for protecting of ground wire
R1
GROUND WIRE MOLDING GUARD, plastic, grey color
Dimension
Diameter
Length
a)
12 mm
1500 mm
b)
16 mm
1800 mm
Used for connect earth wire to the ground
Comment
Nov.2013
Volume8
MISCELLANEOUS
DATE
PAGE NO.
S7
STRAP, hot dip galvanized, include plastic anchor and slotted hex head with washer head screw
For guard
a)
12 mm
Anchor
and
slotted length
25 mm
strap
Slotted
Anchor
Used for protecting ground wire
S8
STRAPS, stainless steel
Dimensions
20 mm x 0.4 mm
a)
Breaking
70 daN/mm
S9
FACADE SADDLES, include a plastic support, a plastic plug, a standard plastic tie and galvanized steel
For cable size
ABC 3 x 120 mm + 1 x 70 mm
a)
Used to install LV insulated overhead line on a building
W1
ROUND WASHER, galvanized steel
a)
b)
c)
For Bolt diameter
Outside diameter
Thickness
M12
M16
M20
35 mm
45 mm
50 mm
6 mm
6 mm
6 mm
Used for miscellaneous assemblies
W2
SQUARE WASHER, galvanized steel
a)
b)
c)
For Bolt diameter
Outside diameter
M12
M16
M20
35 mm
45 mm
50 mm
Used for miscellaneous assemblies
Comment
Nov.2013
145
Volume8
GUY
DATE
PAGE NO.
A2
CONE ANCHOR, concrete
a)
Area
Weight
Ultimate
strength
For Rod
Diameter
161300 mm
380 N
130 kN
20 mm
Used for guy assembly
G2
GUY HOOD, ductile iron, hot dip galvanized
a)
b)
Guy
end
diameter
Thru
bolt
Ultimate strength
rating
7.0 mm
11.0 mm
M16
M20
39 kN
95 kN
G3
GUY END, galvanized steel
For
guy
Ultimate strength rating
diameter
a)
7.0 mm
36 kN
b)
11.0 mm
101 kN
Used for guy assembly guy assembly
Comment
Nov.2013
Volume8
GUY
DATE
PAGE NO.
G4
TAPEREDGUY(GUARD),halfroundsteelwithtopclamp
For guy range
diameter
6-0 - 11 mm
a)
Length
2400 mm
Used for protecting guy wire
N4
THIMBLEYENUT, galvanized steel
Minimum
For bolt Guy
end
breaking
diameter
diameter
strength
a) M16
7.0 mm
110 kN
b) M20
11.0 mm
130 kN
R3
THIMBLEYE ANCHOR ROD, galvanized steel with nut included
ultimate
Diameter
Length
strength rating
a) M16
2000 mm 70 kN
b) M20
2400 mm 100 kN
R4
TWINEYE ANCHOR ROD, galvanized steel with nut included
ultimate
Diameter
Length
strength
rating
a) M20
2400 mm
100 kN
Comment
Nov.2013
147
Volume8
GUY
DATE
PAGE NO.
S12
SPLIT BOLT, copper
pressure bar
Guy
strand
diameter
a)
7.0 mm
b)
11.0 mm
to galvanized steel, high strength, high copper, alloy body, electrotined nut, spacer and
Copper strand diameter
6.40 mm
7.60 mm
Use Used for connect guy wire to the ground
W4
GUY WIRE, zinc-coated steel stranded, 1300 grade
ultimate
Strand
Wire size
strength
diameter
rating
a) 7 X 2.00 mm 7.0 mm
39 kN
b) 7 X 3.65
11.0 mm
95 kN
W3
SPRING LOCK WASHER, galvanized steel
Inside diameter
For Bolt diameter
Min
a)
M10
10.5 mm
b)
M12
12.7 mm
c)
M16
16.9 mm
d)
M20
20.1 mm
Max
10.7 mm
13.0 mm
17.3 mm
20.7 mm
Used for keep a bolt-nut in tension
Comment
Nov.2013
Volume8
2.
ASSEMBLIES
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18
2.19
AS-01
AS-02
AS-03
AS-04
AS-05
AS-06
AS-07
AS-08
AS-09
AS-10
AS-11
AS-12
AS-13
AS-14
AS-15
AS-16
AS-17
AS-18
AS-19

SINGLE SUPPORT ON CROSSARM (TANGENT)
DOUBLE SUPPORT ON CROSSARM (ANGLE)
SINGLE SUPPORT ON TOP POLE
DOUBLE SUPPORT ON TOP POLE
DEAD-END ON CROSSARM
DEAD-END ON POLE
LV-SINGLE SUPPORT
LV-SINGLE DEAD-END
LV-SINGLE DEAD-END (existing spiral hook)
LV-DOUBLE SUPPORT (angle up to 60)
LV-SINGLE SUPPORT (external angle)
LV-DERIVATION SUPPORT
LV-SINGLE SERVICE DROP
LV-MULTIPLE SERVICE DROP
LV-SERIVE CONNECTION CUSTOMER WALL
PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES

AND MANUALS
Drawing:
Medium Voltage Miscellaneous Assemblies
Transmission&Distribution Networks
Date:
Revision:
Scale: -
AS-00
Nov.2013
149
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
B2a
MACHINE BOLT, METRIC THREAD, HEXAGONAL HEAD AND NUT M10 x 50 mm
B2
B2
MACHINE BOLT, METRIC THREAD, HEXAGONAL HEAD AND NUT M12 x REQ`D
LENGTH
B6a
FLAT CROSSARM BRACE 40 mm X 8 mm, LENGTH 760 mm
C20a
STEEL CROSSARM 70 mm X 70 mm X 7 mm, LENGTH 2000 mm
W2b
SQUARE WASHER, 60 mm X 60 mm X 8 mm, FOR BOLT M12
W2c
W3a
SPRING LOCK WASHER, FOR BOLT M10
W3b
W3c
LENGTH
PPAF TECHNICAL
GUIDELINES AND MANUALS
Networks
Drawing:
Single Crossarm Steel (2000 mm)

Miscellaneous Assemblies MV
U
Date:
Revision:
AS-01
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
B2a
B2
LENGTH
B2
LENGTH
B6b
C20c
W2b
W2c
W3a
W3b
W3c
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Single Crossarm Steel (3200 mm)

U
Date:
Revision:
AS-02
Scale: -
Nov.2013
151
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
B1
DOUBLE ARMING BOLT, METRIC THREAD, 4 HEXAGONAL NUT M16 x REQ`D

LENGTH
B2a
B2
LENGTH
B6a
C20a 2
W3a
W3b
W3c
10
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Double Crossarm Steel (2000 mm)

U
Date:
Revision:
AS-03
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
B1

LENGTH
B2a
B2
MACHINE BOLT, METRIC THREAD,

LENGTH
B6b
C20c 2
W3a
W3b
W3c
10
HEXAGONAL HEAD AND NUT M12 x
REQ`D
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Double Crossarm Steel (3200 mm)

U
Date:
Revision:
AS-04
Scale: -
Nov.2013
153
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
I2
PIN TYPE INSULATOR, 238 mm (DIAMETER) X 158 mm (HEIGHT)
P2
SHORT SHANK PIN, FOR POLE TOP INSULATOR I2
W3d
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Single Support on Crossarm (Tangent)

Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
AS-05
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
B2m
I2
P2
SHORT SHANK PIN, FOR POLE TOP INSULATOR I2
P4
DOUBLE ARMING PLATE, FOR SHORT SHANK PIN P2
W3d
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Double Support on Crossarm (Angle)

U
Date:
Revision:
AS-06
Scale: -
Nov.2013
155
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
B2
LENGTH
CODE
I2
P1
POLE TOP PIN, 500 mm X 280 mm X 200 mm
W2
W3c
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Single Support on Top Pole

U
Date:
Revision:
AS-07
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
B2
LENGTH
CODE
I2
P3
OFFSET POLE TOP PIN, 550 mm X 110 mm X 200 mm
W3c
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Double Support on Top Pole

U
Date:
Revision:
AS-08
Scale: -
Nov.2013
157
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
B4
BALL CLEVIS, FOR SUSPENSION INSULATOR I1
C16
WEDGE TYPE TENSION CLAMP, FOR ACSR CONDUCTOR
E1
SOCKET EYE STRAIGHT, FOR SUSPENSION INSULATOR I1
I1
SUSPENSION INSULATOR, BALL AND SOCKET 175 mm (DISC. DIAMETER) X 110 mm

(SPACING)
N3
EYE NUT, FOR BOLT M16
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Dead-end on Crossarm
U
Date:
Revision:
AS-09
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
B1
B4

LENGTH
BALL CLEVIS, FOR SUSPENSION INSULATOR I1
CODE
C16
WEDGE TYPE TENSION CLAMP, FOR ACSR CONDUCTOR
E1
SOCKET EYE STRAIGHT, FOR SUSPENSION INSULATOR I1
I1
SUSPENSION INSULATOR, BALL AND SOCKET 175 mm (DISC. DIAMETER) X 110 mm

(SPACING)
EYE NUT, FOR BOLT M16
N3
W2c
W3c
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Dead-end on Pole
U
Date:
Revision:
AS-10
Scale: -
Nov.2013
159
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
C12
SUSPENSION CLAMP, for ABC cable, various kinds
S4
SPIRAL (PIG TAIL) HOOK, WITH SQUARE WASHER, SPRING LOCK WASHER AND NUT
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Single Support
Miscellaneous Assemblies LV
U
Date:
Revision:
AS-11
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
C10
DEAD-END CLAMP, FOR ABC, VARIOUS KINDS
S4
SPIRAL (PIG TAIL) HOOK, WITH SQUARE WASHER, SPRING LOCK WASHER AND NUT
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Single Dead-end
U
Date:
Revision:
AS-12
Scale: -
Nov.2013
161
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
C10
DEAD-END CLAMP, FOR ABC, VARIOUS KINDS
N1
NUT HOOK FOR BOLT M16
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Single Dead-end (Existing Spiral Hook)

Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
AS-13
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
C12
YOKE UNIVERSAL,WITH COMPLETE SPIRAL HOOK or TENSION CLAMPS FOR ABC
Y1
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Double Support (Angle Up to 60)

U
Date:
Revision:
AS-14
Scale: -
Nov.2013
163
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
B2
LENGTH
C12
SUSPENSION CLAMP, FOR ABC VARIOUS KINDS
N2
NUT HOOK (EXTERNAL ANGLE) FOR BOLT M16
W2c
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Single Support (External Angle)

U
Date:
Revision:
AS-15
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Cable Support: Derivation from LV suspension

Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
AS-16
Scale: -
Nov.2013
165
Volume8
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Single Service Drop Support

U
Date:
Revision:
AS-17
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
B2
LENGTH
C12
SUSPENSION CLAMP, FOR ABC VARIOUS KINDS
N2
NUT HOOK (EXTERNAL ANGLE) FOR BOLT M16
W2c
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Multiple Service Support

U
Date:
Revision:
AS-18
Scale: -
Nov.2013
167
Volume8
PPAF TECHNICAL
Sercie Connection at Customer Walls

Drawing:
U
Networks
Date:
Revision:
AS-19
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
3.
MVSTRUCTURES
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
MV-301C
MV-302C
MV-303C
MV-304C
MV-305C
MV-306C
MV-601C
MV-602C
MV-603C
MV-604C
MV-605C
MV-606C
STRUCTURE M1, ALIGNMENT

STRUCTURE M2, ALIGNMENT, SMALL ANGLE
STRUCTURE M3, TENSION, LARGE ANGLE
STRUCTURE M4, TENSION, BRANCH
STRUCTURE M5, TENSION, DEAD-END
STRUCTURE M6, TENSION, SHACKLE
STRUCTURE MM1, ALIGNMENT, DOUBLE CIRCUIT
STRUCTURE MM, ALIGNMENT, SMALL ANGLE, DOUBLE CIRCUIT
STRUCTURE MM3, TENSION, LARGE ANGLE, DOUBLE CIRCUIT
STRUCTURE MM4, TENSION, BRANCH, DOUBLE CIRCUIT
STRUCTURE MM5, TENSION, DEAD-END, DOUBLE CIRCUIT
STRUCTURE MM6, TENSION, SHACKLE, DOUBLE CIRCUIT
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Drawing:
Medium Voltage
Structures
U
Date:
Revision:
MV-00
Scale: -
Nov.2013
169
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-01
Single crossarm steel (2000 mm)
MATERIAL
AS-05
Single support on crossarm (tangent)
PreformeddistributiontiesforACSR
AS-07
Single support on top pole
QT.
DESCRIPTION
Structure M1 Alignment (Angle 0-5)
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
MV-301C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-03
Double crossarm steel (2000 mm)
MATERIAL
AS-06
Double support on crossarm (angle)
AS-08
Double support on top pole
PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND

MANUALS
QT.
DESCRIPTION
Structure M2 - Alignment Small Angle

(Angle 5-15)
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
MV-302C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
171
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-01
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-03
AS-05
C7
Compressiontapconnectors,HtypeforACSR,
asrequested
AS-09
Dead-end on crossarm
Structure M3 - Tension,
Large Angle
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
MV-303C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-01
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-03
AS-05
C7
asrequested
AS-07
Single support on top pole
AS-09
Structure M4 - Tension,
Branch
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
MV-304C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
173
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-03
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-09
Drawing:
Structure M5 - Tension, Dead-End
U
Date:
Revision:
MV-305C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-03
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-05
AS-09
C7
asrequested
Drawing:
Structure M6 - Tension, Shackle
U
Date:
Revision:
MV-306C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
175
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-01
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-03
AS-05
Structure MM1 - Alignment,

Double Circuit
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
MV-601C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-03
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-04
12
AS-06
Double support on crossarm (angle)

MANUALS

Small Angle, Double Circuit
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
MV-602C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
177
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-03
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-04
AS-05
C7
Compressiontapconnectors,HtypeforACSR,as
requested
AS-09

Double Circuit
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
MV-603C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-01
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-02
AS-03
C7
requested
AS-05
AS-09

Structure MM4 - Tension, Branch

Double Circuit
Date:
Revision:
Drawing:
MV-604C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
179
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-03
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-04
AS-09
PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND MANUALS Structure MM5 - Tension Dead-End
Drawing:
Double Circuit
U
Date:
Revision:
MV-605C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-03
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-04
AS-05
C7
requested
AS-09
PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND MANUALS Structure MM6 - Tension, Shackle

Double Circuit
Date:
Revision:
Drawing:
MV-606C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
181
Volume8
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.7
4.8
4.9
SUB-STATION STRUCTURES
SS-101
SS-102
SS-103
SS-104
SS-105
SS-106
SS-107
SS-108
SS-109
SS-110
SS-111
SS-112

ELECTRICAL SCHEME OF SUB-STATION
CONTROL AND DISTRIBUTION CUBICLE
WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROL AND DISTRIBUTION CUBICLE
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER - MOUNTING FRAME
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER - INSTALLATION
SUSPENSION INSULAOR MOUNTING FRAME
SUREG ARRESTER - INSTALLATION
FUSE CUT OUT MOUNTING PLATFORM
FUSE CUT OUT INSTALLATION
EARTHING SUB-STATION
EARTHING - DISTRIBUTION

AND MANUALS
Drawing:
11/0.4 kV Sub-Station
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-00
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
Pole Mounted Transformer
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-101
Scale: -
Nov.2013
183
Volume8
Transformer11/0.4kV
ClassS11oderbetter
Un= 11 kV 5%, Uk=40%

MANUALS
Drawing:
Electrical scheme of Sub-Station
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-102
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
Control and Distribution Cubicle
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-103
Scale: -
Nov.2013
185
Volume8

MANUALS
Electrical Circuit Control and

Distribution Cubicle
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-104
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8

MANUALS
Air Circuit Breaker Mounting

Frame
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-105
Scale: -
Nov.2013
187
Volume8

MANUALS
Drawing:
Air Circuit Breaker Installation
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-106
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8

MANUALS
Suspension Insulator Mounting

Frame
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-107
Scale: -
Nov.2013
189
Volume8

MANUALS
Drawing:
Surge Arrester - Installation
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-108
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8

MANUALS
Drawing:
Fuse Cut Out Mounting Frame
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-109
Scale: -
Nov.2013
191
Volume8
Fuse Cut Out - Installation
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-110
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
Drawing:
Earthing Sub-Station
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-111
Scale: -
Nov.2013
193
Volume8
Drawing:
Earthing Distribution
U
Date:
Revision:
SS-112
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
LV STRUCTURES
LV-101
LV-102
LV-103
LV-104
LV-105
LV-106
LV-107
STRUCTURE L1, ALIGNMENT (angle 0 to 30)

STRUCTURE L2, TENSION, SHACKLE
STRUCTURE L3, TENSION, BRANCH
STRUCTURE L4, TENSION, SHACKLE & BRANCH
STRUCTURE L5, ALIGNMENT, LARGE ANGLE (angle 30 to 60)
STRUCTURE L6, TENSION, RIGHT ANGLE (angle 60 to 90)
STRUCTURE L7, TENSION, DEAD-END
PPAF TECHNICAL
Drawing:
Low Voltage Construction
Networks
Date:
Revision:
LV-00
Scale: -
Nov.2013
195
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-11
Single support
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
Cableties,selflocking(black)
Structure L1 - Alignment
(Angle 0-30)
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
LV-101
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-12
Single dead-end
MATERIAL QT.
AS-13
Single dead-end (existing spiral hook)
DESCRIPTION
Drawing:
Structure L2 - Tension, Shackle
U
Date:
Revision:
LV-102
Scale: -
Nov.2013
197
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-11
Single support
MATERIAL QT.
AS-13
C7
Compressiontapconnectors,HtypeforAAAC,as
requested
C13
Insulationpiercingconnectors,asrequested
DESCRIPTION

Drawing:
Structure L3 - Tension, Branch
U
Date:
Revision:
LV-103
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-12
Single dead-end
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-13
C7
requested
C13

Structure L4 - Tension, Shackle &

Branch
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
LV-104
Scale: -
Nov.2013
199
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-14
Double support (angle up to 60)
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
Structure L5 - Alignment, Large

Angle(Angle 30-60)
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
LV-105
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-12
Single dead-end
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION
C7
requested
C13
PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND MANUALS Structure L6 - Tension, Right Angle

(Angle 60to 90)
Date:
Revision:
Drawing:
LV-106
Scale: -
Nov.2013
201
Volume8
NO.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
AS-12
Single dead-end
MATERIAL QT.
DESCRIPTION

Drawing:
Structure L7 - Tension, Dead-End
U
Date:
Revision:
LV-107
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
7.
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
SWITCHINGEQUIPMENT
PR-01
PR-02
PR-03
PR-04
CT-1
CT-2
RECLOSER WITH BYPASS SWITCH

RECLOSER WITHOUT BYPASS SWITCH
LOAD BREAK SWITCH
SINGLE SUPPORT ON CROSSARM DISCONNECTING SWITCH
MV CABLE TERMINATION TO OVERHEAD LINE FROM TRANSFORMER
MV CABLE TERMINATION TO OVERHEAD LINE FROM GRID/JUNCTION
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
Switching
Equipment
Terminations to Overhead Line
and
Cable Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
PR-00
Scale: -
Nov.2013
203
Volume8

MANUALS
204
Drawing:
RECLOSER WITH BY-PASS SWITCH
U
Date:
Revision:
PR-01
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8

MANUALS
Drawing:
RECLOSER WITH BY-PASS SWITCH
U
Date:
Revision:
PR-02
Scale: -
Nov.2013
205
Volume8

MANUALS
Drawing:
LOAD BREAK SWITCH
U
Date:
Revision:
PR-03
Scale: -
206
Nov.2013
Volume8

Single Support On Crossarm

Disconnecting Switch
Drawing:
U
Date:
Revision:
PR-04
Scale: -
Nov.2013
207
Volume8

Assembly No. CT-1
MANUALS
MV Cable Termination to Overhead Line from Indoor
or Overhead Plinth Transformer Station
208
Date:
Revision:
Drawing:
CT-01
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8

MANUALS
Assembly No. CT-02

MV Cable Termination to Overhead Line of
MV Feeders from Grid/Switching Stations
Date:
Revision:
Drawing:
CT-02
Scale: -
Nov.2013
209
Volume8
8.
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
M-001
M-002
M-003
M-004
CONDUIT INSTALLATION
PAD-MOUNTED FEEDER PILLER & METER BOX
METER BOX: 3 SEATS
METER BOX: 6 SEATS
PPAF TECHNICAL
Networks
210
Drawing:
MISCELLANEOUS
Date:
Revision:
M-00
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8

MANUALS
Drawing:
Conduits Installation
U
Date:
Revision:
M-001
Scale: -
Nov.2013
211
Volume8

MANUALS
212
Drawing:
Pad - Mounted Feeder Pillar and Meter Box
U
Date:
Revision:
M-002
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8

MANUALS
Drawing:
Meter Box 3 Seats
U
Date:
Revision:
M-003
Scale: -
Nov.2013
213
Volume8

MANUALS
214
Drawing:
Meter Box 6 Seats
U
Date:
Revision:
M-004
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
9.
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10
GUY
AN-S1
AN-D1
GU-S1
GU-01
GU-101C
GU-102C
GU-201C
GU-202C
GU-301C
GU-401C
ANCHOR WITH THIMBLEYE ROD

ANCHOR WITH TWINEYE ROD
SINGLE GUY
SINGLE OVERHEAD GUY
SINGLE DOWN GUY FOR LOW VOLTAGE
SINGLE DOWN GUY FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE
TWO DOWN GUYS FOR LOW / MEDIUM VOLTAGE
TWO DOWN GUYS WITH ONE ANCHOR
THREE DOWN GUYS FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE
SINGLE OVERHEAD GUY
PPAF TECHNICAL
Drawing:
Guys Miscellaneous Assemblies
Networks
Date:
Revision:
GA-00
Scale: -
Nov.2013
215
Volume8
Assembly AN-S1.1 AN-S1.2

NO.
QT.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
A2
CONE ANCHOR, CONCRETE AREA (161,300 mm)
R3a
THIMBLEYE ANCHOR ROD, M16 X 2000 mm, 70 kN
THIMBLEYE ANCHOR ROD, M20 X 2400 mm, 100 kN
SQUARD WASHER 75 mm x 75 mm x 8 mm for bolt M16
R3b
W2c
W2d
1
1
1

AND MANUALS
216
Drawing:
Anchor with Thimbleye Rod

Miscellaneous Assemblies
Date:
Revision:
U
Scale: -
ANS1
Nov.2013
Volume8
NO. QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
A2
CONE ANCHOR, CONCRETE AREA (161,300 mm)
R4
TWINEYE ANCHOR ROD, M20 x 2400 mm
W2d
PPAF TECHNICAL
Drawing:
Anchor with Twineye Rod

Networks
Date:
Revision:
AN-D1
Scale: -
Nov.2013
217
Volume8
Ass
GU- GUembly S1.1 -S1.2
NO. QT.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
B2g
MACHINE BOLT, METRIC THREAD, HEXAGONAL HEAD AND NUT M16 X 200 mm
B2j
G2a
GUY HOOK FOR GUY STRAND DIAMETER 7 mm, THRU BOLT M16, 39 kN ULTIMATE
STRENGTH
G2b
GUY HOOK FOR GUY STRAND DIAMETER 11 mm, THRU BOLT M20, 95 kN ULTIMATE
STRENGTH
G3a
GUY END FOR GUY STRAND DIAMETER 7 mm, 36 KN ULTIMATE STRENGTH
G3b
GUY END FOR GUY STRAND DIAMETER 11 mm, 101 KN ULTIMATE STRENGTH
S12a 1
SPLIT BOLT FOR GUY STRAND DIAMETER 7 mm AND GROUND WIRE DIAMETER 6.4
mm
S12b
SPLIT BOLT FOR GUY STRAND DIAMETER 11 mm AND GROUND WIRE DIAMETER 7.6
mm
W2c
SQUARE WASHER, 75 mm X 75 mm X 8 m, FOR BOLT M16
W2d
SQUARE WASHER, 100 mm X 100 mm X 10 mm FOR BOLT M20
W3c
W3d
W4a
GUY WIRE, STRAND DIAMETER 7 mm, ULTIMATE STREGHT 39 kN (REQ'D LENGTH)
W4b
GUY WIRE, STRAND DIAMETER 11 mm, ULTIMATE STREGHT 95 kN (REQ'D LENGTH)
GUY INSULATOR

AND MANUALS
Networks
218
Drawing:
Single Guy
Date:
Revision:
GU-S1
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
Ass
GU- GUembly S1.1 -S1.2
NO. QT.
QT.
DESCRIPTION
CODE
B2g
G3a
GUY END FOR GUY STRAND DIAMETER 7 mm, 36 kN ULTIMATE STRENGTH
G3b
GUY END FOR GUY STRAND DIAMETER 11 mm, 101 kN ULTIMATE STRENGTH
N4a
THIMBLEYENUT for bolt M16 AND GUY STRAND DIAMETER 7 mm, 130 kN
ULTIMATE STRENGTH
N4b
THIMBLEYENUT for bolt M20 AND GUY STRAND DIAMETER 11 mm, 130 kN
ULTIMATE STRENGTH
S12a 1
SPLIT BOLT FOR GUY STRAND DIAMETER 7 mm AND GROUND WIRE DIAMETER
6.4 mm
S12b
SPLIT BOLT FOR GUY STRAND DIAMETER 11 mm AND GROUND WIRE DIAMETER
7.6 mm
SQUARE WASHER, 75 mm X 75 mm X 8 m, FOR BOLT M16
SQUARE WASHER, 100 mm X 100 mm X 10 mm FOR BOLT M20
B2j
W2c
W2d
W3c
W3d
W4a
GUY WIRE, STRAND DIAMETER 7 mm, ULTIMATE STREGHT 39 kN (REQ'D

LENGTH)
W4b
GUY WIRE, STRAND DIAMETER 11 mm, ULTIMATE STREGHT 95 kN (REQ'D

LENGTH)

AND MANUALS
Networks
Drawing:
Single Overhead Guy

Date:
Revision:
GU-O1
Scale: -
Nov.2013
219
Volume8

MANUALS
220
Drawing:
Single Down Guy for Low Voltage
U
Date:
Revision:
GU-101C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8

MANUALS
Drawing:
Single Down Guy for Low Voltage
U
Date:
Revision:
GU-102C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
221
Volume8

MANUALS
222
Drawing:
Single Overhead Guy
U
Date:
Revision:
GU-401C
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
10.
CABLES&CONDUCTORS
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
C-001
C-002
C-003
C-004

OVERHEAD LINE DESIGN CRITERIA
WEATHER CASE
SAG TENSION CALCULATIONS - EXAMPLE
PPAF TECHNICAL
Drawing:
Cable and Conductors
Networks
Date:
Revision:
C-00
Scale: -
Nov.2013
223
Volume8
Cables and Conductors
Assigned to
Conductor ACSR 70/12 mm

Covered Conductor XLPE/AAAC 35 240 mm
MV overhead line
MV overhead line
MV cables (connection to transformer)
Cable ABC various sizes
LV overhead line
Cable NYCWY quadruplex core, various sizes, 0.6/1

kV
LV Feeder Pillars to meter boxes
Cables NYY-J 2 x 8 RE, 0.6/1 kV

Services Cables / Meter boxes to consumers


Cables NYY-J 4 x 25 RM, 0.6/1 kV

NYY-J 2 x 8 SM Duplex 0.6/1 kV

NYY-J 2 x 10 SM Duplex 0.6/1 kV
NYY-J 4 x 25 SM Qplex 0.6/1 kV
Meter Box to Consumers (Overhead)

Cable NYY 1 x 120 RM, 0.6/1 kV

Cable NYY 1 x 240 RM, 0.6/1 kV
LV bushings transformer to LV Switchboard

LV bushings transformer to LV Switchboard
Conductor Cu 55 mm stranded / soft drawn

Conductor Cu 35 mm stranded / soft drawn
Conductor Cu 35 mm stranded / medium hard drawn
Earth system in LV and consumers

Earth system in MV (pole to crossarm, earth rod, etc)
OHL to transformers or capacitors banks

MANUALS
Drawing:
Table of Cable and Conductors Assignation
U
224
Date:
Revision:
C-001
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
OVERHEADLINEDESIGNCRITERIA
S#
LINETYPE
Description
MVCircuit/s
MVCond.
Arrangement
LVCircuit/s
Alignment
Poles*
Tension/Angl
ePoles
Ruling
Span(m)
Max.Sag
(m)
MoD
(deg)**
Remarks
MV1
MVSingleCircuit
ACSR120/20
Delta
P1
P2
80
15
Main
MVSingleCircuit
ACSR70/12
Delta
P1
P2
80
20
Branchtosub
stations
2xMV1
MVDoubleCircuit
2xACSR120/20
FigUMV601
P1
P2
60
1.2
Feeders
MV+LV
MV/LVCombined
ACSR120/20
Delta
ABC120
P1
P2
50
10
Main/Feeders
MV+2xLV
MV/LVCombined
ACSR120/20
Delta
2xABC95
P1
P2
50
Main/Feeders
LV1
LVSingleCircuit
ABC120
P3
P3
50
1.3
15
LVFeeders
2xLV
LVDoubleCircuit
2xABC120
P3
P3
50
1.3
10
LVFeeders
Abbreviations
Poles
P1
P2
P3
Conductors
MV Pole: 12 m, 4 kN
MV Pole : 12 m, 8 kN
LV Pole: 7 m, 3 kN
ABC 120
ABC 95
ABC 70
ABC 50
ABC50
or
ABC 3x120 + 1x70

ABC 3x95 + 1x70
ABC 3x70 + 1x70
ABC 3x50 + 1x35
ABC 3x35 + 1x35
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
120 ABC 4x120

95 ABC 4x95
70 ABC 4x70
50 ABC 4x50
35 ABC 4x35
* More than 5 deg angles not allowed for Alignment poles.

** MoD : Maximum angle allowed at tension poles without guy

MANUALS
Drawing:
Overhead Line Design Criteria
U
Date:
Revision:
C-002
Scale: -
Nov.2013
225
Volume8
Temperature
C
Icethickness
(cm)
Wind
(km/h)
1.EDS(Everydaystress)
25
0.0
2.Cold
10
0.0
3.Cold+ice
10
0.5
4.Cold+ice+wind
10
0.5
40
5.Maxwind
15
0.0
120
6.Hot
40
0.0
7.Hot(*)
70
0.0
Case
(*) Conductor Temperature, Only for MV
MV overhead line
LV overhead line
Cable ABC various sizes

ABC 120
ABC 95
ABC 70
ABC 50
ABC50
ABC 3x120 + 1x70

ABC 3x95 + 1x70
ABC 3x70 + 1x70
ABC 3x50 + 1x35
ABC 3x35 + 1x35
ABC 120
ABC 95
ABC 70
ABC 50
ABC 35
ABC 4x120
ABC 4x95
ABC 4x70
ABC 4x50
ABC 4x35

MANUALS
226
Drawing:
Weather case
U
Date:
Revision:
C-003
Scale: -
Nov.2013
Volume8
Sag-Tension Calculations - Example

MANUALS
Drawing:
Sag Tension Calculations - Example
U
Date:
Revision:
C-004
Scale: -
Nov.2013
227
Volume8
Annex3: Designexamples(GolainAstoreMHP)
228
Nov.2013
Volume8
Nov.2013
229
Volume8
230
Nov.2013
Volume8
S
[kVA]
TF1
1.1
50
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.3/4
1.2.1
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.1
1.3.1.1
1.3.1.1
>
wire /
Load Length cable
kW
38,0
0,0
0,0
1,0
1,5
1,5
1,0
1,0
1,0
1,5
1,0
1,5
1,0
1,5
1,5
0,0
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
0,5
1,0
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
0,0
1,5
1,5
1,5
0,5
0,0
0,5
1,0
0,5
0,5
0,5
1,0
0,5
m
1.311
235
199
158
30
24
33
57
31
55
329
32
61
62
63
66
37
41
37
60
30
17
59
31
27
21
232
38
1.408
40
26
99
50
44
28
63
240
71
210
120
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
Load
sums
load*
length
kW
kWm
38
12
11
10
9
7
6
5
4
3
1
2
1
17
15
14
11
9
8
6
2
1
3
2
2
2
10
5
3
2
5
5
3
3
2
1
1
2
1
401
495
592
933
969
679
736
767
1.233
1.151
48
61
93
188
797
342
404
459
1.719
198
413
89
135
41
32
2.432
405
2.517
2.577
13
399
88
219
124
155
275
71
141
Section
load
kWm
20.498
7.956
7.555
7.060
6.468
5.535
4.566
3.887
3.151
2.384
1.151
48
61
4.612
4.519
4.331
3.535
3.193
2.789
2.330
611
413
224
135
41
32
7.931
5.499
5.094
2.577
1.272
1.259
860
773
554
430
275
212
141
Sec.
Current Cross-Section (mm) Vdrop
A
calc.
selected
V
29.045
20
35
50
4
18
35
35
4
16
35
35
3
14
35
35
1
12
35
35
0
9
35
35
0
8
35
35
1
6
35
35
0
4
35
35
0
2
35
35
1
3
35
35
0
2
35
35
0
28
35
35
2
25
35
35
2
23
35
35
2
18
35
35
1
15
35
35
1
13
35
35
1
10
35
35
1
3
35
35
0
2
35
35
0
5
35
35
0
3
35
35
0
3
35
35
0
3
35
35
0
16
35
70
2
8
35
50
0
5
35
50
6
3
35
35
0
8
35
35
0
8
35
35
1
5
35
35
0
4
35
35
0
3
35
35
0
2
35
35
0
1
35
35
0
3
35
35
0
1
35
35
0
Vdrop
CB
%
Therm A
1,0%
1,1%
0,8%
0,1%
0,1%
0,1%
0,1%
0,1%
0,1%
0,2%
0,0%
0,0%
0,5%
0,5%
0,5%
0,2%
0,2%
0,1%
0,2%
0,0%
0,0%
0,1%
0,0%
0,0%
0,0%
0,6%
0,1%
1,6%
0,0%
0,1%
0,2%
0,1%
0,1%
0,0%
0,0%
0,1%
0,1%
0,1%
40
40
40
CB
Sel
Min.
size
RL
RL
sums
Ik3max
Ik1min
mm
Ohm
Ohm
100
40
40
40
10
10
10
0,365
0,365
664
0,334
0,334
0,403
0,737
0,320
1,056
0,061
1,117
0,049
1,166
0,067
1,233
0,115
1,348
0,063
1,411
0,111
1,522
0,666
2,188
0,065
0,399
0,123
0,860
0,125
0,125
0,127
0,253
0,134
0,387
0,075
0,461
0,083
0,544
0,075
0,619
0,121
0,741
0,061
0,801
0,034
0,836
0,119
0,506
0,063
0,569
0,055
0,795
0,042
0,783
0,237
0,237
0,054
0,291
2,001
2,292
0,081
2,373
0,053
0,290
0,200
0,490
0,101
0,591
0,089
0,680
0,057
0,737
0,127
0,864
0,486
1,350
0,144
0,634
0,425
1,059
314
199
154
148
143
137
128
124
116
86
287
179
447
355
292
265
241
223
198
188
183
252
235
189
191
364
334
83
80
335
257
229
210
199
178
128
220
154
Nov.2013
231
Volume8
S
[kVA]
TF2
50
2.1 2.1.1/2
2.1.3
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.2
2.1.1
2.2.2
232
2.1.1
2.2.2
wire /
Load Length cable
kW
21,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
0,5
1,0
1,5
1,5
0,5
1,5
1,5
1,0
1,0
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
m
5.146 w
45
c
33
c
34
c
47
c
38
c
24
c
30
c
34
c
49
c
38
c
35
c
58
c
225
c
60
c
129
c
85
c
33
c
42
c
43
c
34
c
33
c
31
c
Load
sums
kW
22
16
11
9
6
5
3
3
2
2
1
2
2
6
4
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
load*
length
kWm
204.040
395
117
423
239
296
111
251
428
74
44
53
87
510
619
207
250
266
287
22
39
17
32
Section
load
kWm
4.396
2.258
1.863
1.746
1.323
1.085
789
679
428
117
44
53
87
2.138
1.628
1.010
803
553
287
60
39
49
32
Sec.
Current Cross-Section (mm) Vdrop
A
calc.
selected
V
50
163
4.761
26
35
35
1
18
35
35
1
15
35
35
1
10
35
35
1
8
35
35
0
5
35
35
0
4
35
35
0
3
35
35
0
3
35
35
0
1
35
35
0
3
35
35
0
3
35
35
0
10
35
35
3
7
35
35
1
3
35
35
1
3
35
35
0
2
35
35
0
1
35
35
0
2
35
35
0
1
35
35
0
2
35
35
0
1
35
35
0
Vdrop
CB
%
Therm A
40,7%
0,4%
0,2%
0,2%
0,1%
0,1%
0,0%
0,0%
0,0%
0,1%
0,0%
0,0%
0,0%
0,7%
0,1%
0,1%
0,1%
0,0%
0,0%
0,0%
0,0%
0,0%
0,0%
40
40
CB
Sel
Min.
size
RL
RL
sums
Ik3max
Ik1min
mm
Ohm
Ohm
100
40
40
10
10
7,315
7,315
33
0,091
0,091
0,067
0,158
0,069
0,227
0,095
0,322
0,077
0,399
0,049
0,447
0,061
0,508
0,069
0,577
0,099
0,190
0,077
0,267
0,071
0,162
0,117
0,344
0,455
0,455
0,121
0,577
0,261
0,838
0,172
1,010
0,067
1,077
0,085
1,162
0,087
0,542
0,069
0,611
0,067
0,644
0,063
0,706
481
419
371
319
287
270
251
233
395
347
416
309
267
233
182
160
152
144
242
225
217
205
Nov.2013
Volume8
Golain T&D
LS [kW]
TF1
38
Line
1.1
12
1.2
16
1.3
10
TF2
Line
2.1
2.2
LS [kW]
22
16
6
S [kVA]
100
S [kVA]
100
Dist. [m] LMS [kWm

1311
20498
TL [m] LMS [kWm
1244
7956
551
4612
2549
7931
Ik3[A]
664
I [A]
20
28
16
VDm [%]
3,70%
2,30%
2,20%
A [mm2] Ik1min [A]

50
86
35
183
70
80
CB [A]
40
40
40
Dist. [m] LMS [kWm

5146
4396
TL [m] LMS [kWm
465
2258
715
2138
Ik3[A]
660
I [A]
26
10
VDm [%]
1,10%
1,10%
A [mm2] Ik1min [A]

35
232
35
144
CB [A]
40
40
>>l=1151m
>>l=1718m
Circuit Breaker calculated based on branch current.

40 A
5
Circuit Breaker selected in Excel sheet.

40 A
5
Cable length per size

35 mm2 3,6 km
50 mm2 1,7 km
70 mm2 0,2 km
5,5 km Total
Nov.2013
233

Vol 8 T - D Final-01-12-13

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Vol 8 T - D Final-01-12-13

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

RenewableEnergyGuidelines

Serviceaerialclampsshallbedesignedtofixconductorbundles atpolesand atbuildings. The clamps

The maximumradioinfluencevoltage shallbe250Vmeasuredat1MHzandinaccordancewith IEC

Wherefault making tests havebeenperformedon the modelbeingoffered,the test certificatesshall

The insulation shield shall be an extruded thermosetting semiconducting material extruded

This conductor cutter shall be capable of cutting

This conductor cutter shall be capable of cutting ACSR

This conductor cutter shall be capable of cutting 12mm

This cable cutter shall be capable of cutting ACSR cables of

Easy to operate, calibrate and set for cable being

PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND MANUALS

DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

Transmission & Distribution Networks

DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

OVERHEAD MV CONDUCTOR / ACCESSORIES

ABC LV CABLES & ACCESSORIES

OUTDOOR TERMINATION KIT 11kV, XLPE insulation

ALUMINIUM CONDUCTOR STEEL REINFORCED (ACSR)

ABC CABLES (QUADRUPLEX) 0.6/1V, aluminium conductor

PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND MANUALS

DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

Transmission & Distribution Networks

INSULATORS & ACCESSORIES

SUSPENSION INSULATOR, porcelain, ball& socket

DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND MANUALS

Transmission & Distribution Networks

SINGLE CROSSARM STEEL (2000 mm)

POLE MOUNTED TRANSFORMER

STRUCTURE L1, ALIGNMENT (angle 0 to 30)

PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND MANUALS

DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

Transmission & Distribution Networks

RECLOSER WITH BYPASS SWITCH

CABLES & CONDUCTORS

ANCHOR WITH THIMBLEYE ROD

PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND MANUALS

Transmission & Distribution Networks

For cable size

Used for outdoor MV termination cable

For cable size

Used for indoor MV termination cable

PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND MANUALS

DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

Transmission & Distribution Networks

For cable size

Used for joint MV cable

For cable size

Used for protection of cable

PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND MANUALS

DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

Transmission & Distribution Networks

Used for transport energy in Medium Voltage

Used for joint conductor ACSR

Used for repair conductor ACSR

PPAF TECHNICAL GUIDELINES AND MANUALS

Transmission & Distribution Networks

DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

120/20 mm (15.5 mm)

120/20 mm (15.5 mm)

185/30 mm (19.0 mm)

185/30 mm (19.0 mm)

Used for joint conductor ACSR